File: ref.tex

package info (click to toggle)
fpc 2.4.0-2
  • links: PTS, VCS
  • area: main
  • in suites: squeeze
  • size: 179,708 kB
  • ctags: 311,888
  • sloc: pascal: 1,780,013; makefile: 856,684; xml: 126,079; ansic: 9,172; perl: 7,711; asm: 7,655; yacc: 3,721; lex: 2,539; sh: 2,032; php: 451; sql: 246; sed: 132; cpp: 79; csh: 34; tcl: 7
file content (7729 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 279,048 bytes parent folder | download
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
%
%   $Id: ref.tex,v 1.52 2005/03/13 00:31:55 michael Exp $
%   This file is part of the FPC documentation.
%   Copyright (C) 1997, by Michael Van Canneyt
%
%   The FPC documentation is free text; you can redistribute it and/or
%   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
%   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
%   License, or (at your option) any later version.
%
%   The FPC Documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
%   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
%   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
%   Library General Public License for more details.
%
%   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
%   License along with the FPC documentation; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
%   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
%   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Preamble.
\input{preamble.inc}
\begin{latexonly}
  \ifpdf
  \pdfinfo{/Author(Michael Van Canneyt)
           /Title(Free Pascal Language Reference Guide)
           /Subject(Free Pascal Reference guide)
           /Keywords(Free Pascal, Language)
           }
  \fi
\end{latexonly}

%
% Settings
%
\makeindex
%
% Syntax style
%
\usepackage{syntax}
\input{syntax/diagram.tex}
%
% Start of document.
%
\begin{document}
\title{Free Pascal :\\ Reference guide.}
\docdescription{Reference guide for Free Pascal, version \fpcversion}
\docversion{2.4}
\input{date.inc}
\author{Micha\"el Van Canneyt}
\maketitle
\tableofcontents
\newpage
\listoftables
\newpage


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Introduction
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% About this guide
\section*{About this guide}
This document serves as the reference for the Pascal langauge as implemented
by the \fpc compiler. It describes all Pascal constructs supported by 
\fpc, and lists all supported data types. It does not, however, give a 
detailed explanation of the Pascal language: it is not a tutorial. 
The aim is to list which Pascal constructs are supported, and to show 
where the \fpc implementation differs from the \tp or \delphi
implementations. 

The \tp and \delphi Pascal compilers introduced various features in the 
Pascal language. The Free Pascal compiler emulates these compilers in the
appropriate mode of the compiler: certain features are available only
if the compiler is switched to the appropriate mode. When required for 
a certain feature, the use of the \var{-M} command-line switch or 
\var{\{\$MODE \}} directive will be indicated in the text. More information
about the various modes can be found in the user's manual and the
programmer's manual.

Earlier versions of this document also contained the reference documentation
of the \file{system} unit and \file{objpas} unit. This has been moved to the 
RTL reference guide.

\subsection*{Notations}
Throughout this document, we will refer to functions, types and variables
with \var{typewriter} font. Files are referred to with a sans font:
\file{filename}.

\subsection*{Syntax diagrams}
All elements of the Pascal language are explained in \index{Syntax diagrams}syntax diagrams.
Syntax diagrams are like flow charts. Reading a syntax diagram means getting
from the left side to the right side, following the arrows.
When the right side of a syntax diagram is reached, and it ends with a single
arrow, this means the syntax diagram is continued on the next line. If
the line ends on 2 arrows pointing to each other, then the diagram is
ended.

Syntactical elements are written like this
\begin{mysyntdiag}
\synt{syntactical\ elements\ are\ like\ this}
\end{mysyntdiag}
Keywords which must be typed exactly as in the diagram:
\begin{mysyntdiag}
\lit*{keywords\ are\ like\ this}
\end{mysyntdiag}
When something can be repeated, there is an arrow around it:
\begin{mysyntdiag}
\begin{rep}[b] \synt{this\ can\ be\ repeated} \\ \end{rep}
\end{mysyntdiag}
When there are different possibilities, they are listed in rows:
\begin{mysyntdiag}
\begin{stack}
\synt{First\ possibility} \\
\synt{Second\ possibility}
\end{stack}
\end{mysyntdiag}
Note, that one of the possibilities can be empty:
\begin{mysyntdiag}
\begin{stack}\\
\synt{First\ possibility} \\
\synt{Second\ possibility}
\end{stack}
\end{mysyntdiag}
This means that both the first or second possibility are optional.
Of course, all these elements can be combined and nested.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% About the pascal language
\section*{About the Pascal language}
The language Pascal was originally designed by Niklaus Wirth around 1970. 
It has evolved significantly since that day, with a lot of contributions 
by the various compiler constructors (Notably: Borland). The basic elements 
have been kept throughout the years:
\begin{itemize}
\item Easy syntax, rather verbose, yet easy to read. Ideal for teaching.
\item Strongly typed.
\item Procedural.
\item Case insensitive.
\item Allows nested procedures.
\item Easy input/output routines built-in.
\end{itemize}

The \tp and \delphi Pascal compilers introduced various features in the 
Pascal language, most notably easier string handling and object orientedness. 
The Free Pascal compiler initially emulated most of \tp and later on
\delphi. It emulates these compilers in the appropriate mode of the compiler: 
certain features are available only if the compiler is switched to the appropriate 
mode. When required for a certain feature, the use of the \var{-M} command-line 
switch or \var{\{\$MODE \}} directive will be indicated in the text. More information
about the various modes can be found in the user's manual and the
programmer's manual.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The Pascal language

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Pascal Tokens}
\index{Tokens}
Tokens are the basic lexical building blocks of source code: they are the
'words' of the language: characters are combined into tokens according to 
the rules of the programming language. There are five classes of tokens:
\begin{description}
\item[reserved words] These are words which have a fixed meaning in the
language. They cannot be changed or redefined.
\item[identifiers] These are names of symbols that the programmer defines.
They can be changed and re-used. They are subject to the scope rules of the
language.
\item[operators] These are usually symbols for mathematical or other
operations: +, -, * and so on.
\item[separators] This is usually white-space.
\item[constants] Numerical or character constants are used to denote actual
values in the source code, such as 1 (integer constant) or 2.3 (float
constant) or 'String constant' (a string: a piece of text).
\end{description}

In this chapter we describe all the Pascal reserved words, as well as the
various ways to denote strings, numbers, identifiers etc.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Symbols
\section{Symbols}
\index{Symbols}\index{Tokens!Symbols}
Free Pascal allows all characters, digits and some special character symbols
in a Pascal source file.
\input{syntax/symbol.syn}
The following characters have a special meaning:
\begin{verbatim}
 + - * / = < > [ ] . , ( ) : ^ @ { } $ #
\end{verbatim}
and the following character pairs too:
\begin{verbatim}
<= >= := += -= *= /= (* *) (. .) //
\end{verbatim}
When used in a range specifier, the character pair \var{(.} is equivalent to
the left square bracket \var{[}. Likewise, the character pair \var{.)} is
equivalent to the right square bracket \var{]}.
When used for comment delimiters, the character pair \var{(*} is equivalent
to the  left brace \var{\{} and the character pair \var{*)} is equivalent
to the right brace \var{\}}.
These character pairs retain their normal meaning in string expressions.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Comments
\section{Comments}
\index{Comments}\index{Tokens!Symbols}\keywordlink{Comment}
Comments are pieces of the source code which are completely discarded by the
compiler. They exist only for the benefit of the programmer, so he can
explain certain pieces of code. For the compiler, it is as if the comments
were not present.

The following piece of code demonstrates a comment:
\begin{verbatim}

(* My beautiful function returns an interesting result *) 
Function Beautiful : Integer;

\end{verbatim}
The use of \var{(*} and \var{*)} as comment delimiters dates from the very 
first days of the Pascal language. It has been replaced mostly by the
use of \var{\{} and \var{\}} as comment delimiters, as in the following
example:
\begin{verbatim}

{ My beautiful function returns an interesting result }
Function Beautiful : Integer;

\end{verbatim}
The comment can also span multiple lines:
\begin{verbatim}

{
   My beautiful function returns an interesting result,
   but only if the argument A is less than B.
}
Function Beautiful (A,B : Integer): Integer;
\end{verbatim}
Single line comments can also be made with the \var{//} delimiter:
\begin{verbatim}

// My beautiful function returns an interesting result
Function Beautiful : Integer;

\end{verbatim}
The comment extends from the // character till the end of the line.
This kind of comment was introduced by Borland in the Delphi Pascal
compiler.

\fpc supports the use of nested comments. The following constructs are valid
comments:
\begin{verbatim}
(* This is an old style comment *)
{  This is a Turbo Pascal comment }
// This is a Delphi comment. All is ignored till the end of the line.
\end{verbatim}
The following are valid ways of nesting comments:
\begin{verbatim}
{ Comment 1 (* comment 2 *) }
(* Comment 1 { comment 2 } *)
{ comment 1 // Comment 2 }
(* comment 1 // Comment 2 *)
// comment 1 (* comment 2 *)
// comment 1 { comment 2 }
\end{verbatim}
The last two comments {\em must} be on one line. The following two will give
errors:
\begin{verbatim}
 // Valid comment { No longer valid comment !!
    }
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
 // Valid comment (* No longer valid comment !!
    *)
\end{verbatim}
The compiler will react with a 'invalid character' error when it encounters
such constructs, regardless of the \var{-Mturbo} switch.

\begin{remark}
In \var{TP} and \var{Delphi} mode, nested comments are not allowed, for
maximum compatibility with existing code for those compilers.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Reserved words
\section{Reserved words}
\index{Reserved words}\index{Tokens!Reserved words}
Reserved words are part of the Pascal language, and as such, cannot be redefined
by the programmer. Throughout the syntax diagrams they will be denoted using
a {\sffamily\bfseries bold} typeface. Pascal is not case sensitive so the compiler 
will accept any combination of upper or lower case letters for reserved words.

We make a distinction between \tp and \delphi reserved words. In \var{TP} mode, 
only the \tp reserved words are recognised, but the \delphi ones can be redefined. 
By default, \fpc recognises the \delphi reserved words.

\subsection{Turbo Pascal reserved words}
\index{Reserved words!Turbo Pascal}
The following keywords exist in \tp mode
\begin{multicols}{4}
\begin{verbatim}
absolute
and
array
asm
begin
case
const
constructor
destructor
div
do
downto
else
end
file
for
function
goto
if
implementation
in
inherited
inline
interface
label
mod
nil
not
object
of
on
operator
or
packed
procedure
program
record
reintroduce
repeat
self
set
shl
shr
string
then
to
type
unit
until
uses
var
while
with
xor
\end{verbatim}
\end{multicols}

\subsection{\fpc reserved words}
\index{Reserved words!Free Pascal}
On top of the \tp reserved words, \fpc also considers
the following as reserved words:
\begin{multicols}{4}
\begin{verbatim}
dispose
exit
false
new
true
\end{verbatim}
\end{multicols}

\subsection{Object Pascal reserved words}
\index{Reserved words!Delphi}
The reserved words of Object Pascal (used in \delphi or \var{ObjPas} mode) 
are the same as the \tp ones, with the following additional keywords:
\begin{multicols}{4}
\begin{verbatim}
as
class
dispinterface
except
exports
finalization
finally
initialization
inline
is
library
on
out
packed
property
raise
resourcestring
threadvar
try
\end{verbatim}
\end{multicols}

\subsection{Modifiers}
\index{Modifiers}\index{Reserved words!Modifiers}
The following is a list of all modifiers. They are not exactly reserved
words in the sense that they can be used as identifiers, but in specific
places, they have a special meaning for the compiler, i.e., the compiler
considers them as part of the Pascal language.
\begin{multicols}{4}
\begin{verbatim}
absolute
abstract
alias
assembler
cdecl
cppdecl
default
export
external
far
far16
forward
index
local
name
near
nostackframe
oldfpccall
override
pascal
private
protected
public
published
read
register
reintroduce
safecall
softfloat
stdcall
virtual
write
\end{verbatim}
\end{multicols}
\begin{remark}
Predefined types such as \var{Byte}, \var{Boolean} and constants
such as \var{maxint} are {\em not} reserved words. They are
identifiers, declared in the system unit. This means that these types
can be redefined in other units. The programmer is however not
encouraged to do this, as it will cause a lot of confusion.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Identifiers
\section{Identifiers}
\index{Identifiers}\index{Tokens!Identifiers}
Identifiers denote programmer defined names for specific constants, types,
variables, procedures and functions, units, and programs. All programmer 
defined names in the source code --excluding reserved words-- are designated as
identifiers. 

Identifiers consist of between 1 and 127 significant characters (letters, digits and
the underscore character), of which the first must be an alphanumeric character, 
or an underscore (\var{\_}).
The following diagram gives the basic syntax for identifiers.
\input{syntax/identifier.syn}
Like Pascal reserved words, identifiers are case insensitive, that is, both
\begin{verbatim}
  myprocedure;
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
 MyProcedure;
\end{verbatim}
refer to the same procedure.

\begin{remark}
As of version 2.5.1 it is possible to specify a reserved word as an identifier by 
prepending it with an ampersand (\&). This means that the following is possible:
\begin{verbatim}
program testdo;

procedure &do;

begin
end;

begin
  &do;
end.
\end{verbatim}
The reserved word \var{do} is used as an identifier for the declaration as
well as the invocation of the procedure 'do'.
\end{remark}
 
\section{Hint directives}
\index{Hint directives}\index{Directives!Hint}
Most identifiers (constants, variables, functions or methods, properties) can have a 
hint directive appended to their definition:

\input{syntax/hintdirective.syn}
Whenever an identifier marked with a hint directive is  later encountered by
the compiler, then a warning will be displayed, corresponding to the
specified hint.
\begin{description}
\item[deprecated] The use of this identifier is deprecated, use an
alternative instead.  \keywordlink{deprecated}
\item[experimental] The use of this identifier is experimental: this can be
used to flag new features that should be used with caution.
\keywordlink{experimental}
\item[platform] This is a platform-dependent identifier: it may not be
defined on all platforms. \keywordlink{platform}
\item[unimplemented] This should be used on functions and procedures only.
It should be used to signal that a particular feature has not yet been
implemented. \keywordlink{unimplemented}
\end{description}

The following are examples:
\begin{verbatim}
Const
  AConst = 12 deprecated;

var
  p : integer platform;

Function Something : Integer; experimental;

begin
  Something:=P+AConst;
end;

begin
  Something;
end.
\end{verbatim}
This would result in the following output:
\begin{verbatim}
testhd.pp(11,15) Warning: Symbol "p" is not portable
testhd.pp(11,22) Warning: Symbol "AConst" is deprecated
testhd.pp(15,3) Warning: Symbol "Something" is experimental
\end{verbatim}

Hint directives can follow all kinds of identifiers: 
units, constants, types, variables, functions, procedures and methods.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Numbers
\section{Numbers}
\index{Numbers}\index{Tokens!Numbers}\index{Numbers!Real}\keywordlink{numbers}
Numbers are by default denoted in decimal notation.
Real (or decimal) numbers are written using engineering or scientific
notation (e.g. \var{0.314E1}).

For integer type constants, \fpc supports 4 formats:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Normal, decimal format (base 10). This is the standard
format.\index{Numbers!Decimal}
\item Hexadecimal format (base 16), in the same way as \tp does.
To specify a constant value in hexadecimal format, prepend it with a dollar
sign (\var{\$}). Thus, the hexadecimal \var{\$FF} equals 255 decimal.
Note that case is insignificant when using hexadecimal constants.\index{Numbers!Hexadecimal}
\item As of version 1.0.7, Octal format (base 8) is also supported.
To specify a constant in octal format, prepend it with a ampersand (\&).
For instance 15 is specified in octal notation as
\var{\&17}.\index{Numbers!Octal}
\item Binary notation (base 2). A binary number can be specified
by preceding it with a percent sign (\var{\%}). Thus, \var{255} can be
specified in binary notation as \var{\%11111111}.\index{Numbers!Binary}
\end{enumerate}
The following diagrams show the syntax for numbers.
\input{syntax/numbers.syn}


\begin{remark}
Octal and Binary notation are not supported in \var{TP} or \var{Delphi} 
compatibility mode.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Labels
\section{Labels}
\index{Labels} \keywordlink{label}
A label is a name for a location in the source code to which can be 
jumped to from another location with a \var{goto} statement. A Label is a
standard identifier with the exception that it can start with a digit.
\keywordlink{label}
\input{syntax/label.syn}
\begin{remark}
The \var{-Sg} or \var{-Mtp} switches must be specified before 
labels can be used. By default, \fpc doesn't support \var{label} and 
\var{goto} statements. The \var{\{\$GOTO ON\}} directive can also be used
to allow use of labels and the goto statement.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Character strings
\section{Character strings}
\index{String}\index{Constants!String}\index{Tokens!Strings}
A character string (or string for short) is a sequence of zero or more
characters (byte sized), enclosed in single quotes, and on a single 
line of the program source code: no literal carriage return or linefeed 
characters can appear in the string.

A character set with nothing between the quotes (\var{'{}'}) is an empty string.
\input{syntax/string.syn}
The string consists of standard, 8-bit ASCII characters or Unicode (normally
UTF-8 encoded) characters. The \var{control string} can be used to specify 
characters which cannot be typed on a keyboard, such as \var{\#27} for 
the escape character. 

The single quote character can be embedded in the string by typing it twice. 
The C construct of escaping characters in the string (using a backslash) 
is not supported in Pascal.

The following are valid string constants:
\begin{verbatim}
  'This is a pascal string'
  ''
  'a'
  'A tabulator character: '#9' is easy to embed'
\end{verbatim}
The following is an invalid string:
\begin{verbatim}
  'the string starts here
   and continues here'
\end{verbatim}
The above string must be typed as:
\begin{verbatim}
  'the string starts here'#13#10'   and continues here'
\end{verbatim}
or
\begin{verbatim}
  'the string starts here'#10'   and continues here'
\end{verbatim}
on unices (including Mac OS X), and as
\begin{verbatim}
  'the string starts here'#13'   and continues here'
\end{verbatim}
on a classic Mac-like operating system.
 
It is possible to use other character sets in strings: in that case the 
codepage of the source file must be specified with the \var{\{\$CODEPAGE XXX\}}
directive or with the \var{-Fc} command line option for the compiler. In that
case the characters in a string will be interpreted as characters from the
specified codepage.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Constants
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Constants}
\index{Constants} \keywordlink{const}
Just as in \tp, \fpc supports both ordinary and typed constants.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Ordinary constants
\section{Ordinary constants}
\index{Constants!Ordinary} \keywordlink{const}
Ordinary constants declarations are constructed using an identifier name 
followed by an "=" token, and followed by an optional expression consisting 
of legal combinations of numbers, characters, boolean values or enumerated 
values as appropriate. The following syntax diagram shows how to construct 
a legal declaration of an ordinary constant.

\input{syntax/const.syn}
The compiler must be able to evaluate the expression in a constant
declaration at compile time.  This means that most of the functions
in the Run-Time library cannot be used in a constant
declaration.\index{Operators}
Operators such as \var{+, -, *, /, not, and, or, div, mod, ord, chr,
sizeof, pi, int, trunc, round, frac, odd} can be used, however. 
For more information on expressions, see \seec{Expressions}.

Only constants of the following types can be declared: \var{Ordinal
types}, \var{Real types}, \var{Char}, and \var{String}.\index{Constants!String}
The following are all valid constant declarations:
\begin{verbatim}
Const
  e = 2.7182818;  { Real type constant. }
  a = 2;          { Ordinal (Integer) type constant. }
  c = '4';        { Character type constant. }
  s = 'This is a constant string'; {String type constant.}
  s = chr(32)
  ls = SizeOf(Longint);
\end{verbatim}
Assigning a value to an ordinary constant is not permitted.
Thus, given the previous declaration, the following will result
in a compiler error:
\begin{verbatim}
  s := 'some other string';
\end{verbatim}
For string constants, the type of the string is dependent on some compiler
switches. If a specific type is desired, a typed constant should be used, 
as explained in the following section.

Prior to version 1.9, \fpc did not correctly support 64-bit constants. As
of version 1.9, 64-bit constants can be specified.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Typed constants
\section{Typed constants}
\label{se:typedconstants}
\index{Constants!Typed}\index{Variables!Initialized}
Sometimes it is necessary to specify the type of a constant, for instance
for constants of complex structures (defined later in the manual).
Their definition is quite simple.

\input{syntax/tconst.syn}

Contrary to ordinary constants, a value can be assigned to them at 
run-time.  This is an old concept from \tp, which has been 
replaced with  support for initialized variables: For a detailed 
description, see \sees{initializedvars}.

Support for assigning values to typed constants is controlled by the 
\var{\{\$J\}} directive: it can be switched off, but is on by default 
(for \tp compatibility). Initialized variables are always allowed.

\begin{remark}
It should be stressed that typed constants are automatically initialized at program start.
This is also true for \em{local} typed constants and initialized variables. 
Local typed constants are also initialized at program start. If their value was 
changed during previous invocations of the function, they will retain their 
changed value, i.e. they are not initialized each time the function is invoked.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% resource strings
\section{Resource strings}
\label{se:resourcestring}\index{Resourcestring}\index{Const}\index{Const!String}\keywordlink{resourcestring}
A special kind of constant declaration block is the \var{Resourcestring}
block. Resourcestring declarations are much like constant string
declarations: resource strings act as constant strings, but they 
can be localized by means of a set of special routines in the 
\file{objpas} unit. A resource string declaration block
is only allowed in the \var{Delphi} or \var{Objfpc} modes.

The following is an example of a resourcestring definition:
\begin{verbatim}
Resourcestring

  FileMenu = '&File...';
  EditMenu = '&Edit...';
\end{verbatim}
All string constants defined in the resourcestring section are stored
in special tables. The strings in these tables can be manipulated
at runtime with some special mechanisms in the \file{objpas} unit.

Semantically, the strings act like ordinary constants; It is not allowed
to assign values to them (except through the special mechanisms in the 
objpas unit). However, they can be used in assignments or expressions as 
ordinary string constants. The main use of the resourcestring section is 
to provide an easy means of internationalization.

More on the subject of resourcestrings can be found in the \progref, and
in the \file{objpas} unit reference.

\begin{remark}
Note that a resource string which is given as an expression will not change if
the parts of the expression are changed:
\begin{verbatim}
resourcestring
  Part1 = 'First part of a long string.';
  Part2 = 'Second part of a long string.';
  Sentence = Part1+' '+Part2;
\end{verbatim}
If the localization routines translate \var{Part1} and \var{Part2}, the
\var{Sentence} constant will not be translated automatically: it has a
separate entry in the resource string tables, and must therefor be
translated separately. The above construct simply says that the 
initial value of \var{Sentence} equals \var{Part1+' '+Part2}.
\end{remark}

\begin{remark}
Likewise, when using resource strings in a constant array, only the initial
values of the resource strings will be used in the array: when the
individual constants are translated, the elements in the array will retain
their original value.
\begin{verbatim}
resourcestring
  Yes = 'Yes.';
  No = 'No.';

Var
  YesNo : Array[Boolean] of string = (No,Yes);
  B : Boolean;

begin
  Writeln(YesNo[B]);
end.
\end{verbatim}
This will print 'Yes.' or 'No.' depending on the value of B, even if the 
constants Yes and No have been localized by some localization mechanism.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Types
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Types}
\index{Types} 
All variables have a type. \fpc supports the same basic types as \tp, with
 some extra types from \delphi.
The programmer can declare his own types, which is in essence defining an identifier
that can be used to denote this custom type when declaring variables further
in the source code.\index{Type}\keywordlink{type}
\input{syntax/typedecl.syn}
There are 7 major type classes :
\input{syntax/type.syn}
The last case, \sffamily{type identifier}, is just a means to give another
name to a type. This presents a way to make types platform independent, by
only using these types, and then defining these types for each platform
individually. Any programmer who then uses these custom types doesn't have to worry
about the underlying type size: it is opaque to him. It also allows to use shortcut names 
for fully qualified type names. e.g. define \var{system.longint} as
\var{Olongint} and then redefine \var{longint}.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Base types
\section{Base types}
\index{Types!Base}
The base or simple types of \fpc are the \delphi types.
We will discuss each type separately.
\input{syntax/typesim.syn}
\subsection{Ordinal types}
\index{Types!Ordinal}
With the exception of \var{int64}, \var{qword} and Real types, 
all base types are ordinal types. Ordinal types have the following 
characteristics:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Ordinal types are countable and ordered, i.e. it is, in principle,
possible to start counting them one by one, in a specified order.
This property allows the operation of functions as \var{Inc}, \var{Ord},
\var{Dec}
on ordinal types to be defined.
\item Ordinal values have a smallest possible value. Trying to apply the
\var{Pred} function on the smallest possible value will generate a range
check error if range checking is enabled.
\item Ordinal values have a largest possible value. Trying to apply the
\var{Succ} function on the largest possible value will generate a range
check error if range checking is enabled.
\end{enumerate}
\subsubsection{Integers}
\index{Types!Integer}
A list of pre-defined integer types is presented in \seet{integerstyp}.

\keywordlink{Integer}    \keywordlink{Shortint}
\keywordlink{SmallInt}   \keywordlink{Longint}
\keywordlink{Longword}   \keywordlink{Int64}
\keywordlink{Byte}	 \keywordlink{Word}
\keywordlink{Cardinal}   \keywordlink{QWord}
\keywordlink{Boolean}    \keywordlink{ByteBool}
\keywordlink{WordBool}
\keywordlink{LongBool}   \keywordlink{Char}

%\index{Keyword!Integer}
%
\begin{table}[ht]
\caption{Predefined integer types}
\label{tab:integerstyp}
\begin{center}
\begin{tabular}{l}
%\begin{FPCltable}{l}{Predefined integer types}{integerstyp}
Name\\ \hline
Integer \\
Shortint \\
SmallInt \\
Longint \\
Longword \\
Int64 \\
Byte \\
Word \\
Cardinal \\
QWord \\
Boolean \\
ByteBool \\
WordBool \\
LongBool \\
Char \\ \hline
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{table}
%\end{FPCltable}
The integer types, and their ranges and sizes, that are predefined in
\fpc are listed in \seet{integersranges}. Please note that
the \var{qword} and \var{int64} types are not true ordinals, so
some Pascal constructs will not work with these two integer types.

\begin{FPCltable}{lcr}{Predefined integer types}{integersranges}
Type & Range & Size in bytes \\ \hline
Byte & 0 .. 255 & 1 \\
Shortint & -128 .. 127 & 1\\
Smallint & -32768 .. 32767 & 2\\
Word & 0 .. 65535 & 2 \\
Integer & either smallint or longint & size 2 or 4 \\
Cardinal & longword  & 4 \\
Longint & -2147483648 .. 2147483647 & 4\\
Longword & 0 .. 4294967295 & 4 \\
Int64 & -9223372036854775808 .. 9223372036854775807 & 8 \\
QWord & 0 .. 18446744073709551615 & 8 \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}

The \var{integer} type maps to the smallint type in the default\keywordlink{integer}
\fpc mode. It maps to either a longint in either Delphi or ObjFPC
mode. The \var{cardinal} type is currently always mapped to the 
longword type. 

\begin{remark}
All decimal constants which do no fit within the -2147483648..2147483647 range 
are silently and automatically parsed as 64-bit integer constants as of version 
1.9.0. Earlier versions would convert it to a real-typed constant.
\end{remark}

%  This IS NOT TRUE, this is a 32-bit compiler, so the integer type
% will always be the same independently the CPU type.
%This is summarized in \seet{integer32type} for 32-bit processors
%(such as Intel 80x86, Motorola 680x0, PowerPC 32-bit, SPARC v7, MIPS32), and
%in \seet{integer64type} for 64-bit processors (such as Alpha AXP,
%SPARC v9 or later, Intel Itanium, MIPS64).

%\begin{FPCltable}{lcr}{\var{Integer} type mapping for 32-bit processors}{integer32type}
%Compiler mode & Range & Size in bytes \\ \hline
%<default> & -32768 .. 32767 & 2\\
%tp & -32768 .. 32767 & 2\\
%Delphi    & -2147483648 .. 2147483647 & 4\\
%ObjFPC    & -2147483648 .. 2147483647 & 4\\
%\end{FPCltable}

%\begin{FPCltable}{lcr}{\var{Integer} type mapping for 64-bit processors}{integer64type}
%Compiler mode & Range & Size in bytes \\ \hline
%<default> & -32768 .. 32767 & 2\\
%tp & -32768 .. 32767 & 2\\
%Delphi    & -9223372036854775808 .. 9223372036854775807 & 8 \\
%ObjFPC   &  -9223372036854775808 .. 9223372036854775807 & 8 \\
%\end{FPCltable}

\fpc does automatic type conversion in expressions where different kinds of
integer types are used.
% 
%
\subsubsection{Boolean types}
\index{Types!Boolean}\index{Boolean}
\fpc supports the \var{Boolean} type, with its two pre-defined possible
values \var{True} and \var{False}. These are the only two values that can be
assigned to a \var{Boolean} type. Of course, any expression that resolves
to a \var{boolean} value, can also be assigned to a boolean type.
\begin{FPCltable}{lll}{Boolean types}{booleantypes}
Name & Size & Ord(True) \\ \hline
Boolean & 1 & 1 \\
ByteBool & 1 & Any nonzero value \\
WordBool & 2 & Any nonzero value \\
LongBool & 4 & Any nonzero value \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
\fpc also supports the \var{ByteBool}, \var{WordBool} and \var{LongBool} types.
These are of type \var{Byte}, \var{Word} or \var{Longint}, but are
assignment compatible with a \var{Boolean}: the value \var{False} is 
equivalent to 0 (zero) and any nonzero value is considered \var{True} when
converting to a boolean value. A boolean value of \var{True} is converted
to -1 in case it is assigned to a variable of type \var{LongBool}.

Assuming \var{B} to be of type \var{Boolean}, the following are valid
assignments:
\begin{verbatim}
 B := True;
 B := False;
 B := 1<>2;  { Results in B := True }
\end{verbatim}
Boolean expressions are also used in conditions.

\begin{remark}
In \fpc, boolean expressions are by default always evaluated in such a
way that when the result is known, the rest of the expression will no longer
be evaluated: this is called short-cut boolean evaluation. 

In the following example, the function \var{Func} will never be called, 
which may have strange side-effects.
\begin{verbatim}
 ...
 B := False;
 A := B and Func;
\end{verbatim}
Here \var{Func} is a function which returns a \var{Boolean} type.

This behaviour is controllable by the \var{\{\$B \}} compiler directive.
\end{remark}

\subsubsection{Enumeration types}
\index{Types!Enumeration}
Enumeration types are supported in \fpc. On top of the \tp
implementation, \fpc allows also a C-style extension of the
enumeration type, where a value is assigned to a particular element of
the enumeration list.
\input{syntax/typeenum.syn}
(see \seec{Expressions} for how to use expressions)
When using assigned enumerated types, the assigned elements must be in
ascending numerical order in the list, or the compiler will complain.
The expressions used in assigned enumerated elements must be known at
compile time.
So the following is a correct enumerated type declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Direction = ( North, East, South, West );
\end{verbatim}
A C-style enumeration type looks as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  EnumType = (one, two, three, forty := 40,fortyone);
\end{verbatim}
As a result, the ordinal number of \var{forty} is \var{40}, and not \var{3},
as it would be when the \var{':= 40'} wasn't present.
The ordinal value of \var{fortyone} is then {41}, and not \var{4}, as it
would be when the assignment wasn't present. After an assignment in an
enumerated definition the compiler adds 1 to the assigned value to assign to
the next enumerated value.

When specifying such an enumeration type, it is important to keep in mind
that the enumerated elements should be kept in ascending order. The
following will produce a compiler error:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  EnumType = (one, two, three, forty := 40, thirty := 30);
\end{verbatim}
It is necessary to keep \var{forty} and \var{thirty} in the correct order.
When using enumeration types it is important to keep the following points
in mind:
\begin{enumerate}
\item The \var{Pred} and \var{Succ} functions cannot be used on
this kind of enumeration types. Trying to do this anyhow will result in a
compiler error.
\item Enumeration types are stored using a default, independent of the
actual number of values: the compiler does not try to optimize for space.
This behaviour can be changed with the \var{\{\$PACKENUM n\}} compiler 
directive, which tells the compiler the minimal number of bytes to be 
used for enumeration types.
For instance
\begin{verbatim}
Type
{$PACKENUM 4}
  LargeEnum = ( BigOne, BigTwo, BigThree );
{$PACKENUM 1}
  SmallEnum = ( one, two, three );
Var S : SmallEnum;
    L : LargeEnum;
begin
  WriteLn ('Small enum : ',SizeOf(S));
  WriteLn ('Large enum : ',SizeOf(L));
end.
\end{verbatim}
will, when run, print the following:
\begin{verbatim}
Small enum : 1
Large enum : 4
\end{verbatim}
\end{enumerate}
More information can be found in the \progref, in the compiler directives
section.
%
%
\subsubsection{Subrange types}
\index{Types!Subrange}
A subrange type is a range of values from an ordinal type (the {\em host}
type). To define a subrange type, one must specify its limiting values: 
the highest and lowest value of the type.
\input{syntax/typesubr.syn}
Some of the predefined \var{integer} types are defined as subrange types:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Longint  = $80000000..$7fffffff;
  Integer  = -32768..32767;
  shortint = -128..127;
  byte     = 0..255;
  Word     = 0..65535;
\end{verbatim}
Subrange types of enumeration types can also be defined:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Days = (monday,tuesday,wednesday,thursday,friday,
          saturday,sunday);
  WorkDays = monday .. friday;
  WeekEnd = Saturday .. Sunday;
\end{verbatim}
%
\subsection{Real types}
\index{Types!Real}
\fpc uses the math coprocessor (or emulation) for all its floating-point
calculations. The Real native type is processor dependent,
but it is either Single or Double. Only the IEEE floating point types are
supported, and these depend on the target processor and emulation options.
The true \tp compatible types are listed in
\seet{Reals}.\index{Real}\index{Single}\index{Double}\index{Extended}\index{Comp}\index{Currency}
\keywordlink{Real}\keywordlink{Single}\keywordlink{Double}\keywordlink{Extended}\keywordlink{Comp}\keywordlink{Currency}
\begin{FPCltable}{lccr}{Supported Real types}{Reals}
Type & Range & Significant digits & Size \\ \hline
Real & platform dependant & ??? & 4 or 8 \\
Single & 1.5E-45 .. 3.4E38 & 7-8 & 4 \\
Double & 5.0E-324 .. 1.7E308 & 15-16 & 8 \\
Extended & 1.9E-4932 .. 1.1E4932 & 19-20 & 10\\
Comp & -2E64+1 .. 2E63-1 & 19-20 & 8  \\
Currency & -922337203685477.5808 & 922337203685477.5807 & 8 \\
\end{FPCltable}
The \var{Comp} type is, in effect, a 64-bit integer and is not available
on all target platforms. To get more information on the supported types
for each platform, refer to the \progref.

The currency type is a fixed-point real data type which is internally used
as an 64-bit integer type (automatically scaled with a factor 10000), this 
minimalizes rounding errors.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Character types
\section{Character types}
\index{Types!Char}
\subsection{Char}
\index{Char} \keywordlink{char}
\fpc supports the type \var{Char}. A \var{Char} is exactly 1 byte in
size, and contains one ASCII character.

A character constant can be specified by enclosing the character in single
quotes, as follows : 'a' or 'A' are both character constants.

A character can also be specified by its character
value (commonly an ASCII code), by preceding the ordinal value with the 
number symbol (\#). For example specifying \var{\#65} would be the same as \var{'A'}.

Also, the caret character (\verb+^+) can be used in combination with a letter to
specify a character with ASCII value less than 27. Thus \verb+^G+ equals
\var{\#7} - G is the seventh letter in the alphabet.

When the single quote character must be represented, it should be typed
two times successively, thus \var{''''} represents the single quote character.

\subsection{Strings}
\index{Types!String} \keywordlink{String}
\fpc supports the \var{String} type as it is defined in \tp:
a sequence of characters with an optional size specification.
It also supports ansistrings (with unlimited length) as in Delphi.

To declare a variable as a string, use the following type specification:
\input{syntax/sstring.syn}
If there is a size specifier, then its maximum value - indicating the maximum 
size of the string - is 255.

The meaning of a string declaration statement without size indicator is 
interpreted differently depending on the \var{\{\$H\}} switch. If no size
indication is present, the above declaration can declare an ansistring or 
a short string.

Whatever the actual type, ansistrings and short strings can be used
interchangeably. The compiler always takes care of the necessary type
conversions. Note, however, that the result of an expression that contains
ansistrings and short strings will always be an ansistring.

\subsection{Short strings}
\index{Shortstring} \keywordlink{ShortString}
A string declaration declares a short string in the following cases:
\begin{enumerate}
\item If the switch is off: \var{\{\$H-\}}, the string declaration
will always be a short string declaration.
\item If the switch is on \var{\{\$H+\}}, and there is a maximum length (the
size) specifier, the declaration is a short string declaration.
\end{enumerate}
The predefined type \var{ShortString} is defined as a string of size 255:
\begin{verbatim}
 ShortString = String[255];
\end{verbatim}
If the size of the string is not specified, \var{255} is taken as a
default. The actual length of the string can be obtained with the
\var{Length} standard runtime routine.
For example in
\begin{verbatim}
{$H-}

Type
  NameString = String[10];
  StreetString = String;
\end{verbatim}
\var{NameString} can contain a maximum of 10 characters. While
\var{StreetString} can contain up to 255 characters.

\begin{remark}
Short strings have a maximum length of 255 characters: when specifying a
maximum length, the maximum length may not exceed 255. If a length larger
than 255 is attempted, then the compiler will give an error message:
\begin{verbatim}
Error: string length must be a value from 1 to 255
\end{verbatim}

For short strings, the length is stored in the character at index 0. Old
\tp code relies on this, and it is implemented similarly in Free
Pascal. 
Despite this, to write portable code, it is best to set the length of a 
shortstring  with the \var{SetLength} call, and to retrieve
it with the \var{Length} call.  These functions will always work, whatever
the internal representation of the shortstrings or other strings in use:
this allows easy switching between the various string types.
\end{remark}

\subsection{Ansistrings}
\index{Ansistring}\index{Types!Ansistring}\index{Types!Reference counted}
\keywordlink{AnsiString}
Ansistrings are strings that have no length limit. They are reference
counted and are guaranteed to be null terminated. Internally, an ansistring is treated as 
a pointer: the actual content of the string is stored on the heap, as much
memory as needed to store the string content is allocated. 

This is all handled transparantly, i.e. they can be manipulated as a normal 
short string. Ansistrings can be defined using the predefined \var{AnsiString} 
type. 

\begin{remark} 
The null-termination does not mean that null characters (char(0) or \#0) 
cannot be used: the null-termination is not used internally, but is there for
convenience when dealing with external routines that expect a
null-terminated string (as most C routines do).
\end{remark}

If the \var{\{\$H\}} switch is on, then a string definition using the
regular \var{String} keyword and that doesn't contain a length specifier, 
will be regarded as an ansistring as well. If a length specifier is present,
a short string will be used, regardless of the \var{\{\$H\}} setting.

\keywordlink{nil}
If the string is empty (\var{''}), then the internal pointer representation
of the string pointer is \var{Nil}. If the string is not empty, then the 
pointer points to a structure in heap memory.

The internal representation as a pointer, and the automatic null-termination
make it possible to typecast\index{Typecast} an ansistring to a pchar. If the string is empty 
(so the pointer is \var{Nil}) then the compiler makes sure that the typecasted 
pchar will point to a null byte.

Assigning one ansistring to another doesn't involve moving the actual
string. A statement
\begin{verbatim}
  S2:=S1;
\end{verbatim}
results in the reference count of \var{S2} being decreased with 1,
The reference count of \var{S1} is increased by 1, and finally \var{S1}
(as a pointer) is copied to \var{S2}. This is a significant speed-up in
the code.

If the reference count of a string reaches zero, then the memory occupied 
by the string is deallocated automatically, and the pointer is set to
\var{Nil}, so no memory leaks arise.

When an ansistring is declared, the \fpc compiler initially
allocates just memory for a pointer, not more. This pointer is guaranteed
to be \var{Nil}, meaning that the string is initially empty. This is
true for local and global ansistrings or anstrings that are part of a 
structure (arrays, records or objects).

This does introduce an overhead. For instance, declaring
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A : Array[1..100000] of string;
\end{verbatim}
Will copy the value \var{Nil} 100,000 times into \var{A}. 
When \var{A} goes out of scope\index{Scope}, then the reference 
count of the 100,000 strings will be decreased by 1 for each
of these strings. All this happens invisible to the programmer, 
but when considering performance issues, this is important.

Memory for the string content will be allocated only when the string is 
assigned a value. If the string goes out of scope, then its reference 
count is automatically  decreased by 1. If the reference count reaches 
zero, the memory reserved for the string is released.

If a value is assigned to a character of a string that has a reference count
greater than 1, such as in the following
statements:
\begin{verbatim}
  S:=T;  { reference count for S and T is now 2 }
  S[I]:='@';
\end{verbatim}
then a copy of the string is created before the assignment. This is known
as {\em copy-on-write} semantics. It is possible to force a string to have
reference count equal to 1 with the \var{UniqueString} call:
\begin{verbatim}
  S:=T;
  R:=T; // Reference count of T is at least 3
  UniqueString(T); 
  // Reference count of T is quaranteed 1
\end{verbatim}
It's recommended to do this e.g. when typecasting an ansistring to a PChar var
and passing it to a C routine that modifies the string.

The \var{Length} function must be used to get the length of an
ansistring: the length is not stored at character 0 of the ansistring. 
The construct
\begin{verbatim}
 L:=ord(S[0]);
\end{verbatim}
which was valid for \tp shortstrings, is no longer correct for
Ansistrings. The compiler will warn if such a construct is encountered.


To set the length of an ansistring, the \var{SetLength} function must be used.
Constant ansistrings have a reference count of -1 and are treated specially,
The same remark as for \var{Length} must be given: The construct
\begin{verbatim}
  L:=12;
  S[0]:=Char(L);
\end{verbatim}
which was valid for \tp shortstrings, is no longer correct for
Ansistrings. The compiler will warn if such a construct is encountered.

Ansistrings are converted to short strings by the compiler if needed,
this means that the use of ansistrings and short strings can be mixed
without problems.

Ansistrings can be typecasted\index{Typecast} to \var{PChar} or \var{Pointer} types:
\index{Types!PChar}\index{PChar}
\begin{verbatim}
Var P : Pointer;
    PC : PChar;
    S : AnsiString;

begin
  S :='This is an ansistring';
  PC:=Pchar(S);
  P :=Pointer(S);
\end{verbatim}
There is a difference between the two typecasts. When an empty
ansistring is typecasted to a pointer, the pointer wil be \var{Nil}. If an
empty ansistring is typecasted to a \var{PChar}, then the result will be a pointer to a
zero byte (an empty string).

The result of such a typecast must be used with care. In general, it is best
to consider the result of such a typecast as read-only, i.e. only suitable for
passing to a procedure that needs a constant pchar argument.

It is therefore {\em not} advisable to typecast one of the following:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Expressions.
\item Strings that have reference count larger than 1.
In this case you should call \var{Uniquestring} to ensure the 
string has reference count 1.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{WideStrings}
\index{Widestring}\index{Types!Widestring}\index{Types!Reference counted}
\keywordlink{Widestring}
Widestrings (used to represent unicode character strings) are implemented in much 
the same way as ansistrings: reference counted, null-terminated arrays, only they 
are implemented as arrays of \var{WideChars} instead of regular \var{Chars}.
A \var{WideChar} is a two-byte character (an element of a DBCS: Double Byte
Character Set). Mostly the same rules apply for \var{WideStrings} as for 
\var{AnsiStrings}. The compiler transparantly converts WideStrings to
AnsiStrings and vice versa. \index{Ansistring}

Similarly to the typecast\index{Typecast} of an Ansistring to a \var{PChar} null-terminated
\index{PChar}\index{PWideChar}%
array of characters, a WideString can be converted to a \var{PWideChar}
null-terminated array of characters. 
Note that the \var{PWideChar} array is terminated by 2 null bytes instead of
1, so a typecast to a pchar is not automatic.

The compiler itself provides no support for any conversion from Unicode to
ansistrings or vice versa. The \file{system} unit has a widestring manager
record, which can be initialized with some OS-specific unicode handling
routines. For more information, see the \file{system} unit reference.

% Constant strings
\subsection{Constant strings}
\index{Constants!String}
To specify a constant string, it must be enclosed in single-quotes, just
as a \var{Char} type, only now more than one character is allowed.
Given that \var{S} is of type \var{String}, the following are valid assignments:
\begin{verbatim}
S := 'This is a string.';
S := 'One'+', Two'+', Three';
S := 'This isn''t difficult !';
S := 'This is a weird character : '#145' !';
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen, the single quote character is represented by 2 single-quote
characters next to each other. Strange characters can be specified by their
character value (usually an ASCII code).
The example shows also that two strings can be added. The resulting string is
just the concatenation of the first with the second string, without spaces in
between them. Strings can not be substracted, however.

Whether the constant string is stored as an ansistring or a short string
depends on the settings of the \var{\{\$H\}} switch.


% PChar
\subsection{PChar - Null terminated strings}
\index{Types!PChar}\index{Types!Pointer} \keywordlink{PChar}
\fpc supports the Delphi implementation of the \var{PChar} type. \var{PChar}
is defined as a pointer to a \var{Char} type, but allows additional
operations.
The \var{PChar} type can be understood best as the Pascal equivalent of a
C-style null-terminated string, i.e. a variable of type \var{PChar} is a
pointer that points to an array of type \var{Char}, which is ended by a
null-character (\var{\#0}).
\fpc supports initializing of \var{PChar} typed constants, or a direct
assignment. For example, the following pieces of code are equivalent:
\begin{verbatim}
program one;
var p : PChar;
begin
  P := 'This is a null-terminated string.';
  WriteLn (P);
end.
\end{verbatim}
Results in the same as
\begin{verbatim}
program two;
const P : PChar = 'This is a null-terminated string.'
begin
  WriteLn (P);
end.
\end{verbatim}
These examples also show that it is possible to write {\em the contents} of
the string to a file of type \var{Text}.
The \seestrings unit contains procedures and functions that manipulate the
\var{PChar} type as in the standard C library.
Since it is equivalent to a pointer to a type \var{Char} variable, it  is
also possible to do the following:
\begin{verbatim}
Program three;
Var S : String[30];
    P : PChar;
begin
  S := 'This is a null-terminated string.'#0;
  P := @S[1];
  WriteLn (P);
end.
\end{verbatim}
This will have the same result as the previous two examples.
Null-terminated strings cannot be added as normal Pascal
strings. If two \var{PChar} strings must be concatenated; the functions from
the unit \seestrings must be used.

However, it is possible to do some pointer arithmetic. The \index{Operators}
operators \var{+} and \var{-} can be used to do operations on \var{PChar} pointers.
In \seet{PCharMath}, \var{P} and \var{Q} are of type \var{PChar}, and
\var{I} is of type \var{Longint}.
\begin{FPCltable}{lr}{\var{PChar} pointer arithmetic}{PCharMath}
Operation & Result \\ \hline
\var{P + I} & Adds \var{I} to the address pointed to by \var{P}. \\
\var{I + P} & Adds \var{I} to the address pointed to by \var{P}. \\
\var{P - I} & Substracts \var{I} from the address pointed to by \var{P}. \\
\var{P - Q} & Returns, as an integer, the distance between 2 addresses \\
 & (or the number of characters between \var{P} and \var{Q}) \\
\hline
\end{FPCltable}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Structured Types
\section{Structured Types}
\index{Types!Structured}
A structured type is a type that can hold multiple values in one variable.
Stuctured types can be nested to unlimited levels.
\input{syntax/typestru.syn}
Unlike Delphi, \fpc does not support the keyword \var{Packed} for all
structured types.  In the following sections each of the possible 
structured types is discussed. It will be mentioned when a type supports 
the \var{packed} keyword. 
%
%
\subsubsection{Packed structured types}
When a structured type is declared, no assumptions should be made about
the internal position of the elements in the type. The compiler will lay
out  the elements of the structure in memory as it thinks will be most
suitable. That is, the order of the elements will be kept, but the location
of the elements are not guaranteed, and is partially governed by the \var{\$PACKRECORDS}
directive (this directive is explained in the \progref).

\keywordlink{packed} \keywordlink{bitpacked}
However, \fpc allows controlling the layout with the \var{Packed} and
\var{Bitpacked} keywords. The meaning of these words depends on the context:
\begin{description}
\item[Bitpacked] In this case, the compiler will attempt to align ordinal
types on bit boundaries, as explained below.
\item[Packed] The meaning of the \var{Packed} keyword depends on the
situation:
\begin{enumerate}
\item In \var{MACPAS} mode, it is equivalent to the \var{Bitpacked} keyword.
\item In other modes, with the \var{\$BITPACKING} directive set to \var{ON},
it is also equivalent to the \var{Bitpacked} keyword.
\item In other modes, with the \var{\$BITPACKING} directive set to \var{OFF},
it signifies normal packing on byte boundaries.
\end{enumerate}
Packing on byte boundaries means that each new element of a structured type
starts on a byte boundary.
\end{description}

The byte packing mechanism is simple: the compiler aligns each element of
the structure on the first available byte boundary, even if the size of the
previous element (small enumerated types, subrange types) is less than a
byte.

When using the bit packing mechanism, the compiler calculates for each
ordinal type how many bits are needed to store it. The next ordinal type
is then stored on the next free bit. Non-ordinal types - which include but
are not limited to - sets, floats, strings, (bitpacked) records, (bitpacked)
arrays, pointers, classes, objects, and procedural variables, are stored
on the first available byte boundary.

Note that the internals of the bitpacking are opaque: they can change
at any time in the future. What is more: the internal packing depends
on the endianness of the platform for which the compilation is done,
and no conversion between platforms are possible. This makes bitpacked
structures unsuitable for storing on disk or transport over networks.
The format is however the same as the one used by the GNU Pascal
Compiler, and the \fpc team aims to retain this compatibility in the future.

There are some more restrictions to elements of bitpacked structures:
\begin{itemize}
\item The address cannot be retrieved, unless the bit size is a multiple of
8 and the element happens to be stored on a byte boundary.
\item An element of a bitpacked structure cannot be used as a var parameter,
unless the bit size is a multiple of 8 and the element happens to be stored 
on a byte boundary.
\end{itemize}

To determine the size of an element in a bitpacked structure, there is the 
\var{BitSizeOf} function. It returns the size - in bits - of the element. 
For other types or elements of structures which are not bitpacked, this will 
simply return the size in bytes multiplied by 8, i.e., the return value is 
then the same as \var{8*SizeOf}.

The size of bitpacked records and arrays is limited:
\begin{itemize}
\item On 32 bit systems the maximal size is $2^{29}$ bytes (512 MB).
\item On 64 bit systems the maximal size is $2^{61}$ bytes.
\end{itemize}
The reason is that the offset of an element must be calculated with 
the maximum integer size of the system.

%
\subsection{Arrays}
\index{Types!Array}\index{Array} 
\fpc supports arrays as in \tp. Multi-dimensional arrays and (bit)packed 
arrays are also supported, as well as the dynamic arrays of \delphi:
\input{syntax/typearr.syn}
%
\subsubsection{Static arrays}
\index{Types!Array}\index{Array!Static}\keywordlink{array} \keywordlink{of}
When the range of the array is included in the array definition, it is
called a static array. Trying to access an element with an index that is
outside the declared range will generate a run-time error (if range checking
is on).  The following is an example of a valid array declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  RealArray = Array [1..100] of Real;
\end{verbatim}
Valid indexes for accessing an element of the array are between 1 and 100,
where the borders 1 and 100 are included.
As in \tp, if the array component type is in itself an array, it is
possible to combine the two arrays into one multi-dimensional array. The
following declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
   APoints = array[1..100] of Array[1..3] of Real;
\end{verbatim}
is equivalent to the declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
   APoints = array[1..100,1..3] of Real;
\end{verbatim}
The functions \var{High} and \var{Low} return the high and low bounds of
the leftmost index type of the array. In the above case, this would be 100
and 1. You should use them whenever possible, since it improves maintainability
of your code. The use of both functions is just as efficient as using
constants, because they are evaluated at compile time.

When static array-type variables are assigned to each other, the contents of the
whole array is copied. This is also true for multi-dimensional arrays:
\begin{verbatim}
program testarray1;

Type
  TA = Array[0..9,0..9] of Integer;
  
var   
  A,B : TA;
  I,J : Integer;
begin
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      A[I,J]:=I*J;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    begin
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      Write(A[I,J]:2,' ');
    Writeln;
    end;
  B:=A;
  Writeln;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      A[9-I,9-J]:=I*J;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    begin
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      Write(B[I,J]:2,' ');
    Writeln;
    end;
end.  
\end{verbatim}
The output of this program will be 2 identical matrices.

\subsubsection{Dynamic arrays}
\index{Types!Array}\index{Array!Dynamic}\index{Types!Reference counted}
As of version 1.1, \fpc also knows dynamic arrays: In that case the array
range is omitted, as in the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TByteArray = Array of Byte;
\end{verbatim}
When declaring a variable of a dynamic array type, the initial length of the
array is zero. The actual length of the array must be set with the standard
\var{SetLength} function, which will allocate the necessary memory to contain 
the array elements on the heap. The following example will set the length to
1000:
\begin{verbatim}
Var 
  A : TByteArray;

begin
  SetLength(A,1000);
\end{verbatim}
After a call to \var{SetLength}, valid array indexes are 0 to 999: the array
index is always zero-based.

Note that the length of the array is set in elements, not in bytes of 
allocated memory (although these may be the same). The amount of 
memory allocated is the size of the array multiplied by the size of 
1 element in the array. The memory will be disposed of at the exit of the
current procedure or function. 

It is also possible to resize the array: in that case, as much of the 
elements in the array as will fit in the new size, will be kept. The array
can be resized to zero, which effectively resets the variable.

At all times, trying to access an element of the array with an index 
that is not in the current length of the array will generate a run-time 
error.

Dynamic arrays are reference counted: assignment of one dynamic array-type 
variable to another will let both variables point to the same array. 
Contrary to ansistrings, an assignment to an element of one array will 
be reflected in the other: there is no copy-on-write. Consider the following
example:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A,B : TByteArray;

begin
  SetLength(A,10);
  A[0]:=33;
  B:=A;
  A[0]:=31;
\end{verbatim}
After the second assignment, the first element in B will also contain 31.

It can also be seen from the output of the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
program testarray1;

Type
  TA = Array of array of Integer;
  
var   
  A,B : TA;
  I,J : Integer;
begin
  Setlength(A,10,10);
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      A[I,J]:=I*J;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    begin
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      Write(A[I,J]:2,' ');
    Writeln;
    end;
  B:=A;
  Writeln;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      A[9-I,9-J]:=I*J;
  For I:=0 to 9 do
    begin
    For J:=0 to 9 do 
      Write(B[I,J]:2,' ');
    Writeln;
    end;
end.  
\end{verbatim}
The output of this program will be a matrix of numbers, and then the same matrix, mirrorred.

\index{Types!Reference counted}
As remarked earlier, dynamic arrays are reference counted: if in one of the previous examples A
goes out of \index{Scope} scope and B does not, then the array is not yet disposed of: the
reference count of A (and B) is decreased with 1. As soon as the reference
count reaches zero the memory, allocated for the contents of the array, is disposed of.

It is also possible to copy and/or resize the array with the standard 
\var{Copy} function, which acts as the copy function for strings:
\begin{verbatim}
program testarray3;

Type
  TA = array of Integer;
  
var   
  A,B : TA;
  I : Integer;

begin
  Setlength(A,10);
  For I:=0 to 9 do
      A[I]:=I;
  B:=Copy(A,3,6);    
  For I:=0 to 5 do
    Writeln(B[I]);
end.  
\end{verbatim}
The \var{Copy} function will copy 6 elements of the array to a new array.
Starting at the element at index 3 (i.e. the fourth element) of the array.

The \var{Length} function will return the number of elements in the array.
The \var{Low} function on a dynamic array will always return 0, and the
\var{High} function will return the value \var{Length-1}, i.e., the value of the
highest allowed array index. 


\subsubsection{Packing and unpacking an array}
Arrays can be packed and bitpacked. 2 array types which have the same index
type and element type, but which are differently packed are not assignment 
compatible.

However, it is possible to convert a normal array to a bitpacked array with the
\var{pack} routine. The reverse operation is possible as well; a bitpacked
array can be converted to a normally packed array using the \var{unpack}
routine, as in the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  foo : array [ 'a'..'f' ] of Boolean 
    = ( false, false, true, false, false, false );
  bar : packed array [ 42..47 ] of Boolean;
  baz : array [ '0'..'5' ] of Boolean;

begin
  pack(foo,'a',bar);
  unpack(bar,baz,'0');
end.
\end{verbatim}
More information about the pack and unpack routines can be found in the
\file{system} unit reference.

%
\subsection{Record types}
\index{Record}\index{Types!Record}\index{Fields}\keywordlink{record}
\fpc supports fixed records and records with variant parts.
The syntax diagram for a record type is
\input{syntax/typerec.syn}
\index{Packed} So the following are valid record type declarations:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Point = Record
          X,Y,Z : Real;
          end;
  RPoint = Record
          Case Boolean of
          False : (X,Y,Z : Real);
          True : (R,theta,phi : Real);
          end;
  BetterRPoint = Record
          Case UsePolar : Boolean of
          False : (X,Y,Z : Real);
          True : (R,theta,phi : Real);
          end;
\end{verbatim}
The variant part must be last in the record. The optional identifier in the
case statement serves to access the tag field value, which otherwise would
be invisible to the programmer. It can be used to see which variant is
active at a certain time\footnote{However, it is up to the programmer to maintain
this field.}. In effect, it introduces a new field in the record.
\begin{remark}
It is possible to nest variant parts, as in:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  MyRec = Record
          X : Longint;
          Case byte of
            2 : (Y : Longint;
                 case byte of
                 3 : (Z : Longint);
                 );
          end;
\end{verbatim}
\end{remark}
By default the size of a record is the sum of the sizes of its fields, each size of a
field is rounded up to a power of two. If the record contains a variant part, the size
of the variant part is the size of the biggest variant, plus the size of the
tag field type {\em if an identifier was declared for it}. Here also, the size of
each part is first rounded up to two. So in the above example:
\begin{itemize}
\item \var{SizeOf} would return 24 for \var{Point}, 
\item It would result in 24 for \var{RPoint} 
\item Finally, 26 would be the size of \var{BetterRPoint}. 
\item For \var{MyRec}, the value would be 12.
\end{itemize}

If a typed file with records, produced by a \tp program, must be read,
then chances are that attempting to read that file correctly will fail.
The reason for this is that by default, elements of a record are aligned at
2-byte boundaries, for performance reasons. 

This default behaviour can be changed with the \var{\{\$PACKRECORDS N\}} 
switch. Possible values for \var{N} are 1, 2, 4, 16 or \var{Default}.\index{Packed}
This switch tells the compiler to align elements of a record or object or
class that have size larger than \var{n} on \var{n} byte boundaries.

Elements that have size smaller or equal than \var{n} are aligned on
natural boundaries, i.e. to the first power of two that is larger than or
equal to the size of the record element.

The keyword \var{Default} selects the default value for the platform
that the code is compiled for (currently, this is 2 on all platforms)
Take a look at the following program:
\begin{verbatim}
Program PackRecordsDemo;
type
   {$PackRecords 2}
     Trec1 = Record
       A : byte;
       B : Word;
     end;

     {$PackRecords 1}
     Trec2 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Word;
       end;
   {$PackRecords 2}
     Trec3 = Record
       A,B : byte;
     end;

    {$PackRecords 1}
     Trec4 = Record
       A,B : Byte;
       end;
   {$PackRecords 4}
     Trec5 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Array[1..3] of byte;
       C : byte;
     end;

     {$PackRecords 8}
     Trec6 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Array[1..3] of byte;
       C : byte;
       end;
   {$PackRecords 4}
     Trec7 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Array[1..7] of byte;
       C : byte;
     end;

     {$PackRecords 8}
     Trec8 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Array[1..7] of byte;
       C : byte;
       end;
Var rec1 : Trec1;
    rec2 : Trec2;
    rec3 : TRec3;
    rec4 : TRec4;
    rec5 : Trec5;
    rec6 : TRec6;
    rec7 : TRec7;
    rec8 : TRec8;

begin
  Write ('Size Trec1 : ',SizeOf(Trec1));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec1.B)-Longint(@rec1));
  Write ('Size Trec2 : ',SizeOf(Trec2));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec2.B)-Longint(@rec2));
  Write ('Size Trec3 : ',SizeOf(Trec3));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec3.B)-Longint(@rec3));
  Write ('Size Trec4 : ',SizeOf(Trec4));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec4.B)-Longint(@rec4));
  Write ('Size Trec5 : ',SizeOf(Trec5));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec5.B)-Longint(@rec5),
           ' Offset C : ',Longint(@rec5.C)-Longint(@rec5));
  Write ('Size Trec6 : ',SizeOf(Trec6));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec6.B)-Longint(@rec6),
           ' Offset C : ',Longint(@rec6.C)-Longint(@rec6));
  Write ('Size Trec7 : ',SizeOf(Trec7));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec7.B)-Longint(@rec7),
           ' Offset C : ',Longint(@rec7.C)-Longint(@rec7));
  Write ('Size Trec8 : ',SizeOf(Trec8));
  Writeln (' Offset B : ',Longint(@rec8.B)-Longint(@rec8),
           ' Offset C : ',Longint(@rec8.C)-Longint(@rec8));
end.
\end{verbatim}
The output of this program will be :
\begin{verbatim}
Size Trec1 : 4 Offset B : 2
Size Trec2 : 3 Offset B : 1
Size Trec3 : 2 Offset B : 1
Size Trec4 : 2 Offset B : 1
Size Trec5 : 8 Offset B : 4 Offset C : 7
Size Trec6 : 8 Offset B : 4 Offset C : 7
Size Trec7 : 12 Offset B : 4 Offset C : 11
Size Trec8 : 16 Offset B : 8 Offset C : 15
\end{verbatim}
And this is as expected:
\begin{itemize}
\item In \var{Trec1}, since \var{B} has size 2, it is
aligned on a 2 byte boundary, thus leaving an empty byte between \var{A}
and \var{B}, and making the total size 4. In \var{Trec2}, \var{B} is aligned
on a 1-byte boundary, right after \var{A}, hence, the total size of the
record is 3.
\item For \var{Trec3}, the sizes of \var{A,B} are 1, and hence they are aligned on 1
byte boundaries. The same is true for \var{Trec4}.
\item For \var{Trec5}, since the size of B -- 3 -- is smaller than 4, \var{B} will
be on a  4-byte boundary, as this is the first power of two that is
larger than its size. The same holds for \var{Trec6}.
\item For \var{Trec7}, \var{B} is aligned on a 4 byte boundary, since its size --
7 -- is larger than 4. However, in \var{Trec8}, it is aligned on a 8-byte
boundary, since 8 is the first power of two that is greater than 7, thus
making the total size of the record 16.
\end{itemize}
\fpc supports also the 'packed record', this is a record where all the
elements are byte-aligned. Thus the two following declarations are equivalent:
\begin{verbatim}
     {$PackRecords 1}
     Trec2 = Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Word;
       end;
     {$PackRecords 2}
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
     Trec2 = Packed Record
       A : Byte;
       B : Word;
       end;
\end{verbatim}
Note the \var{\{\$PackRecords 2\}} after the first declaration !
%
\subsection{Set types}
\index{Set}\index{Types!Set}\keywordlink{set}
\fpc supports the set types as in \tp. The prototype of a set
declaration is:
\input{syntax/typeset.syn}
Each of the elements of \var{SetType} must be of type \var{TargetType}.
\var{TargetType} can be any ordinal type with a range between \var{0} and
\var{255}. A set can contain at most \var{255} elements.
The following are valid set declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Junk = Set of Char;

  Days = (Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun);
  WorkDays : Set of days;
\end{verbatim}
Given these declarations, the following assignment is legal:
\begin{verbatim}
WorkDays := [Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri];
\end{verbatim}

The compiler stores small sets (less than 32 elements) in a Longint, if the
type range allows it. This allows for faster processing and decreases
program size. Otherwise, sets are stored in 32 bytes.

Several operations can be done on sets: taking unions or differences, adding
or removing elements, comparisons. These are documented in
\sees{setoperators}

%
%
\subsection{File types}
\index{File}\index{Text}\index{Types!File}\keywordlink{file}
File types are types that store a sequence of some base type, which can be
any type except another file type. It can contain (in principle) an infinite
number of elements.
File types are used commonly to store data on disk. However, nothing prevents the programmer,
from writing a file driver that stores its data for instance in memory.

Here is the type declaration for a file type:
\input{syntax/typefil.syn}
If no type identifier is given, then the file is an untyped file; it can be
considered as equivalent to a file of bytes. Untyped files require special
commands to act on them (see \var{Blockread}, \var{Blockwrite}).
The following declaration declares a file of records:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Point = Record
    X,Y,Z : real;
    end;
  PointFile = File of Point;
\end{verbatim}
Internally, files are represented by the \var{FileRec} record, which is
declared in the \file{Dos} or \file{SysUtils} units.

\keywordlink{Text}
A special file type is the \var{Text} file type, represented by the
\var{TextRec} record. A file of type \var{Text} uses special input-output
routines. The default \var{Input}, \var{Output} and \var{StdErr} file
types are defined in the system unit: they are all of type \var{Text}, and
are opened by the system unit initialization code.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Pointers
\section{Pointers}
\index{Pointer}\index{Types!Pointer}\keywordlink{pointer}
\fpc supports the use of pointers. A variable of the pointer type
contains an address in memory, where the data of another variable may be
stored. A pointer type can be defined as follows:
\input{syntax/typepoin.syn}
As can be seen from this diagram, pointers are typed, which means that
they point to a particular kind of data. The type of this data must be
known at compile time.

Dereferencing the pointer (denoted by adding \var{\^{}} after the variable
name) behaves then like a variable. This variable has the type declared in
the pointer declaration, and the variable is stored in the address that is
pointed to by the pointer variable.
Consider the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Program pointers;
type
  Buffer = String[255];
  BufPtr = ^Buffer;
Var B  : Buffer;
    BP : BufPtr;
    PP : Pointer;
etc..
\end{verbatim}
In this example, \var{BP} {\em is a pointer to} a \var{Buffer} type; while \var{B}
{\em is} a variable of type \var{Buffer}. \var{B} takes 256 bytes memory,
and \var{BP} only takes 4 (or 8) bytes of memory: enough memory to store an
address.

The expression
\begin{verbatim}
 BP^
\end{verbatim}
is known as the dereferencing of \var{BP}. The result is of type \var{Buffer}, so
\begin{verbatim}
 BP^[23]
\end{verbatim}
Denotes the 23-rd character in the string pointed to by \var{BP}.
\begin{remark} \fpc treats pointers much the same way as C does. This means
that a pointer to some type can be treated as being an array of this type.

From this point of view, the pointer then points to the zeroeth element of this array. 
Thus the following pointer declaration
\begin{verbatim}
Var p : ^Longint;
\end{verbatim}
can be considered equivalent to the following array declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Var p : array[0..Infinity] of Longint;
\end{verbatim}
The difference is that the former declaration allocates memory for the
pointer only (not for the array), and the second declaration allocates
memory for the entire array. If the former is used, the memory must be
allocated manually, using the \var{Getmem} function.
The reference \var{P\^{}} is then the same as \var{p[0]}. The following program
illustrates this maybe more clear:
\begin{verbatim}
program PointerArray;
var i : Longint;
    p : ^Longint;
    pp : array[0..100] of Longint;
begin
  for i := 0 to 100 do pp[i] := i; { Fill array }
  p := @pp[0];                     { Let p point to pp }
  for i := 0 to 100 do
    if p[i]<>pp[i] then
      WriteLn ('Ohoh, problem !')
end.
\end{verbatim}
\end{remark}
\fpc supports pointer arithmetic as C does. This means that, if \var{P} is a
typed pointer, the instructions
\begin{verbatim}
Inc(P);
Dec(P);
\end{verbatim}
Will increase, respectively decrease the address the pointer points to
with the size of the type \var{P} is a pointer to. For example
\begin{verbatim}
Var P : ^Longint;
...
 Inc (p);
\end{verbatim}
will increase \var{P} with 4, because 4 is the size of a longint. If the
pointer is untyped, a size of 1 byte is assumed (i.e. as if the pointer were
a pointer to a byte: \var{\^byte}.)

Normal arithmetic operators \index{Operators} on pointers can also be used, 
that is, the following are valid pointer arithmetic operations:
\begin{verbatim}
var  p1,p2 : ^Longint;
     L : Longint;
begin
  P1 := @P2;
  P2 := @L;
  L := P1-P2;
  P1 := P1-4;
  P2 := P2+4;
end.
\end{verbatim}
Here, the value that is added or substracted {\em is } multiplied by the
size of the type the pointer points to. In the previous
example \var{P1} will be decremented by 16 bytes, and 
\var{P2} will be incremented by 16.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Forward type declarations
\section{Forward type declarations}
\index{Forward}\index{Types!Forward declaration}
Programs often need to maintain a linked list of records. Each record then
contains a pointer to the next record (and possibly to the previous record
as well). For type safety, it is best to define this pointer as a typed
pointer, so the next record can be allocated on the heap using the \var{New}
call. In order to do so, the record should be defined something like this:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TListItem = Record
    Data : Integer;
    Next : ^TListItem;
  end;
\end{verbatim}  
When trying to compile this, the compiler will complain that the
\var{TListItem} type is not yet defined when it encounters the \var{Next}
declaration: This is correct, as the definition is still being parsed.

To be able to have the \var{Next} element as a typed pointer, a 'Forward
type declaration' must be introduced:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  PListItem = ^TListItem;
  TListItem = Record
    Data : Integer;
    Next : PTListItem;
  end;
\end{verbatim}  
When the compiler encounters a typed pointer declaration where the
referenced type is not yet known, it postpones resolving the reference till
later. The pointer definition is a 'Forward type declaration'. 

The referenced type should be introduced later in the same \var{Type} block. 
No other block may come between the definition of the pointer type and the referenced type.
Indeed, even the word \var{Type} itself may not re-appear: in effect it
would start a new type-block, causing the compiler to resolve all pending
declarations in the current block. 

In most cases, the definition of the referenced type will follow immediatly 
after the definition of the pointer type, as shown in the above listing. 
The forward defined type can be used in any type definition following its 
declaration.

Note that a forward type declaration is only possible with pointer types and
classes, not with other types.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Procedural types
\section{Procedural types}
\index{Procedure}\index{Types!Procedural}\index{Procedural}
\fpc has support for procedural types, although it differs a little from
the \tp or \delphi implementation of them. The type declaration remains the
same, as can be seen in the following syntax diagram:
\input{syntax/typeproc.syn}
For a description of formal parameter lists, see \seec{Procedures}.
The two following examples are valid type declarations:
\begin{verbatim}
Type TOneArg = Procedure (Var X : integer);
     TNoArg = Function : Real;
var proc : TOneArg;
    func : TNoArg;
\end{verbatim}
One can assign the following values to a procedural type variable:
\begin{enumerate}
\item \var{Nil}, for both normal procedure pointers and method pointers.
\item A variable reference of a procedural type, i.e. another variable of
the same type.
\item A global procedure or function address, with matching function or
procedure header and calling convention.
\item A method address.
\end{enumerate}
Given these declarations, the following assignments are valid:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure printit (Var X : Integer);
begin
  WriteLn (x);
end;
...
Proc := @printit;
Func := @Pi;
\end{verbatim}
From this example, the difference with \tp is clear: In Turbo
Pascal it isn't necessary to use the address operator (\var{@})
when assigning a procedural type variable, whereas in \fpc it is required.
In case the \var{-MDelphi} or \var{-MTP} switches are used, the address
operator can be dropped.
\begin{remark} The modifiers concerning the calling conventions
must be the same as the declaration;
i.e. the following code would give an error:
\begin{verbatim}
Type TOneArgCcall = Procedure (Var X : integer);cdecl;
var proc : TOneArgCcall;
Procedure printit (Var X : Integer);
begin
  WriteLn (x);
end;
begin
Proc := @printit;
end.
\end{verbatim}
Because the \var{TOneArgCcall} type is a procedure that uses the cdecl
calling convention.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Variant types
\section{Variant types}
\index{Variant}\index{Types!Variant} \keywordlink{variant}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Definition
\subsection{Definition}
As of version 1.1, FPC has support for variants. For maximum variant support 
it is recommended to add the \file{variants} unit to the uses clause of every 
unit that uses variants in some way: the variants unit contains support for
examining and transforming variants other than the default support offered
by the \file{System} or \var{ObjPas} units.

The type of a value stored in a variant is only determined at runtime: 
it depends what has been assigned to the to the variant. Almost any simple type 
can be assigned to variants: ordinal types, string types, int64 types.

Structured types such as sets, records, arrays, files, objects and classes 
are not assignment-compatible with a variant, as well as pointers. 
Interfaces and COM or CORBA objects can be assigned to a
variant (basically because they are simply a pointer).\index{Interfaces}\index{COM}\index{CORBA}

This means that the following assignments are valid:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TMyEnum = (One,Two,Three);

Var
  V : Variant;
  I : Integer;
  B : Byte;
  W : Word;
  Q : Int64;
  E : Extended;
  D : Double;
  En : TMyEnum;
  AS : AnsiString;
  WS : WideString;

begin
  V:=I;
  V:=B;
  V:=W;
  V:=Q;
  V:=E;
  V:=En;
  V:=D:
  V:=AS;
  V:=WS;
end;
\end{verbatim}
And of course vice-versa as well.

A variant can hold an an array of values: All elements in the array have
the\index{array} same type (but can be of type 'variant'). For a variant 
that contains an array, the variant can be indexed:
\begin{verbatim}
Program testv;

uses variants;

Var
  A : Variant;
  I : integer;

begin
  A:=VarArrayCreate([1,10],varInteger);
  For I:=1 to 10 do
    A[I]:=I;
end.
\end{verbatim}
For the explanation of \var{VarArrayCreate}, see \unitsref.

Note that when the array contains a string, this is not considered an 'array
of characters', and so the variant cannot be indexed to retrieve a character
at a certain position in the string.


\subsection{Variants in assignments and expressions}
As can be seen from the definition above, most simple types can be assigned
to a variant. Likewise, a variant can be assigned to a simple type: If
possible, the value of the variant will be converted to the type that is
being assigned to. This may fail: Assigning a variant containing a string 
to an integer will fail unless the string represents a valid integer. In the
following example, the first assignment will work, the second will fail:
\begin{verbatim}
program testv3;

uses Variants;

Var
  V : Variant;
  I : Integer;

begin
  V:='100';
  I:=V;
  Writeln('I : ',I);
  V:='Something else';
  I:=V;
  Writeln('I : ',I);
end.
\end{verbatim}
The first assignment will work, but the second will not, as \var{Something else}
cannot be converted to a valid integer value. An \var{EConvertError} exception 
will be the result.

The result of an expression involving a variant will be of type variant again, 
but this can be assigned to a variable of a different type - if the result
can be converted to a variable of this type.

Note that expressions involving variants take more time to be evaluated, and
should therefore be used with caution. If a lot of calculations need to be
made, it is best to avoid the use of variants.

When considering implicit type conversions (e.g. byte to integer, integer to
double, char to string) the compiler will ignore variants unless a variant
appears explicitly in the expression. 
 
\subsection{Variants and interfaces}
\index{Interfaces}
\begin{remark}
Dispatch interface support for variants is currently broken in the compiler.
\end{remark}

Variants can contain a reference to an interface - a normal interface
(descending from \var{IInterface}) or a dispatchinterface (descending 
from \var{IDispatch}). Variants containing a reference to a dispatch
interface can be used to control the object behind it: the compiler will use
late binding to perform the call to the dispatch interface: there will be no
run-time checking of the function names and parameters or arguments given to 
the functions. The result type is also not checked. The compiler will simply
insert code to make the dispatch call and retrieve the result. 

This means basically, that you can do the following on Windows:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  W : Variant;
  V : String;

begin
  W:=CreateOleObject('Word.Application');
  V:=W.Application.Version;
  Writeln('Installed version of MS Word is : ',V);
end;
\end{verbatim}
The line 
\begin{verbatim}
  V:=W.Application.Version;
\end{verbatim}
is executed by inserting the necessary code to query the dispatch interface
stored in the variant \var{W}, and execute the call if the needed dispatch
information is found.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Variables
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Variables}
\index{Variables}\index{Variable}\index{Var}\keywordlink{var}
\label{ch:Variables}
\section{Definition}
Variables are explicitly named memory locations with a certain type. When
assigning values to variables, the \fpc compiler generates machine code 
to move the value to the memory location reserved for this variable. Where
this variable is stored depends on where it is declared:

\begin{itemize}
\item Global variables are variables declared in a unit or program, but not
inside a procedure or function. They are stored in fixed memory locations,
and are available during the whole execution time of the program.
\item Local variables are declared inside a procedure or function. Their
value is stored on the program stack, i.e. not at fixed locations.
\end{itemize}

The \fpc compiler handles the allocation of these memory locations
transparantly, although this location can be influenced in the declaration.

The \fpc compiler also handles reading values from or writing values to
the variables transparantly. But even this can be explicitly handled by the
programmer when using properties.

Variables must be explicitly declared when they are needed. No memory is
allocated unless a variable is declared. Using an variable identifier (for
instance, a loop variable) which is not declared first, is an error which
will be reported by the compiler. 

\section{Declaration}
The variables must be declared in a variable declaration section of a unit
or a procedure or function. It looks as follows:\index{Var}
\input{syntax/vardecl.syn}

\keywordlink{cvar} \keywordlink{public}
This means that the following are valid variable declarations:
\keywordlink{absolute} \keywordlink{export}
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  curterm1 : integer;

  curterm2 : integer; cvar;
  curterm3 : integer; cvar; external;

  curterm4 : integer; external name 'curterm3';
  curterm5 : integer; external 'libc' name 'curterm9';

  curterm6 : integer absolute curterm1;

  curterm7 : integer; cvar;  export;
  curterm8 : integer; cvar;  public;
  curterm9 : integer; export name 'me';
  curterm10 : integer; public name 'ma';

  curterm11 : integer = 1 ;
\end{verbatim}
\index{external}

The difference between these declarations is as follows:
\begin{enumerate}
\item The first form (\var{curterm1}) defines a regular variable. The
compiler manages everything by itself.
\item The second form (\var{curterm2}) declares also a regular variable, 
but specifies that the assembler name for this variable equals the name 
of the variable as written in the source.
\item The third form (\var{curterm3}) declares a variable which is located
externally: the compiler will assume memory is located elsewhere, and that
the assembler name of this location is specified by the name of the
variable, as written in the source. The name may not be specified.
\item The fourth form is completely equivalent to the third, it declares a
variable which is stored externally, and explicitly gives the assembler
name of the location. If \var{cvar} is not used, the name must be specified.
\item The fifth form is a variant of the fourth form, only the name of the
library in which the memory is reserved is specified as well.
\item The sixth form declares a variable (\var{curterm6}), and tells the compiler that it is
stored in the same location as another variable (\var{curterm1}).
\item The seventh form declares a variable (\var{curterm7}), and tells the
compiler that the assembler label of this variable should be the name of the
variable (case sensitive) and must be made public. i.e. it can be
referenced from other object files.
\item The eighth form (\var{curterm8}) is equivalent to the seventh: 'public'
is an alias for 'export'.
\item The ninth and tenth form are equivalent: they specify the assembler 
name of the variable.
\item the elevents form declares a variable (\var{curterm11}) and
initializes it with a value (1 in the above case).
\end{enumerate}
Note that assembler names must be unique. It's not possible to declare or 
export 2 variables with the same assembler name.

\section{Scope}
\index{Scope}
Variables, just as any identifier, obey the general rules of scope. 
In addition, initialized variables are initialized when they enter scope:
\begin{itemize}
\item Global initialized variables are initialized once, when the program starts.
\item Local initialized variables are initialized each time the procedure is
entered.
\end{itemize}
Note that the behaviour for local initialized variables is different from
the one of a local typed constant. A local typed constant behaves like a
global initialized variable.

\section{Initialized variables}
\label{se:initializedvars}\index{Variables!Initialized}
By default, variables in Pascal are not initialized after their declaration.
Any assumption that they contain 0 or any other default value is erroneous:
They can contain rubbish. To remedy this, the concept of initialized variables 
exists. The difference with normal variables is that their declaration includes 
an initial value, as can be seen in the diagram in the previous section.

Given the declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  S : String = 'This is an initialized string';
\end{verbatim}
The value of the variable following will be initialized with the provided
value. The following is an even better way of doing this:
\begin{verbatim}
Const
  SDefault = This is an initialized string';

Var
  S : String = SDefault;
\end{verbatim}
Initialization is often used to initialize arrays and records. For arrays,
the initialized elements must be specified, surrounded by round brackets, and
separated by commas. The number of initialized elements must be exactly the 
same as the number of elements in the declaration of the type.
As an example:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  tt : array [1..3] of string[20] = ('ikke', 'gij', 'hij');
  ti : array [1..3] of Longint = (1,2,3);
\end{verbatim}
For constant records, each element of the record should be specified, in
the form \var{Field: Value}, separated by semicolons, and surrounded by round
brackets.\index{Record!Constant}
As an example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Point = record
    X,Y : Real
    end;
Var
  Origin : Point = (X:0.0; Y:0.0);
\end{verbatim}
The order of the fields in a constant record needs to be the same as in the type 
declaration, otherwise a compile-time error will occur.

\begin{remark}
It should be stressed that initialized variables are initialized when they
come into scope, in difference with typed constants, which are initialized 
at program start.
This is also true for {\em local} initialized variables. Local initialized are
initialized whenever the routine is called. Any changes that occurred in the
previous invocation of the routine will be undone, because they are again
initialized.
\end{remark}

\section{Thread Variables}
\index{Thread Variables}\index{Threadvar}\keywordlink{threadvar}
For a program which uses threads, the variables can be really global, i.e. the same for all 
threads, or thread-local: this means that each thread gets a copy of the variable. 
Local variables (defined inside a procedure) are always thread-local. Global 
variables are normally the same for all threads. A global variable can be 
declared thread-local by replacing the \var{var} keyword at the start of the 
variable declaration block with \var{Threadvar}:
\begin{verbatim}
Threadvar
  IOResult : Integer;
\end{verbatim}
If no threads are used, the variable behaves as an ordinary variable. 
If threads are used then a copy is made 
for each thread (including the main thread). Note that the copy is 
made with the original value  of the variable, {\em not} with the 
value of the variable at the time the thread is started.

Threadvars should be used sparingly: There is an overhead for retrieving 
or setting the variable's value. If possible at all, consider using local 
variables; they are always faster than thread variables.

Threads are not enabled by default. For more information about programming 
threads, see the chapter on threads in the \progref.

\section{Properties}
\index{Properties}\keywordlink{property}
A global block can declare properties, just as they could be defined in a
class. The difference is that the global property does not need a class
instance: there is only 1 instance of this property. Other than that, a
global property behaves like a class property. The read/write specifiers for
the global property must also be regular procedures, not methods.

The concept of a global property is specific to \fpc, and does not exist in
Delphi. \var{ObjFPC} mode is required to work with properties.

The concept of a global property can be used to 'hide' the location of the
value, or to calculate the value on the fly, or to check the values which
are written to the property.

The declaration is as follows:
\input{syntax/propvar.syn}

The following is an example:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
unit testprop;

Interface

Function GetMyInt : Integer;
Procedure SetMyInt(Value : Integer);

Property
  MyProp : Integer Read GetMyInt Write SetMyInt;
  
Implementation

Uses sysutils;

Var
  FMyInt : Integer;  
  
Function GetMyInt : Integer;

begin
  Result:=FMyInt;
end;

Procedure SetMyInt(Value : Integer);

begin
  If ((Value mod 2)=1) then
    Raise Exception.Create('MyProp can only contain even value');
  FMyInt:=Value;  
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
The read/write specifiers can be hidden by declaring them in another unit
which must be in the \var{uses} clause of the unit. This can be used to hide
the read/write access specifiers for programmers, just as if they were in a
\var{private} section of a class (discussed below). For the previous
example, this could look as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
unit testrw;

Interface

Function GetMyInt : Integer;
Procedure SetMyInt(Value : Integer);

Implementation

Uses sysutils;

Var
  FMyInt : Integer;  
  
Function GetMyInt : Integer;

begin
  Result:=FMyInt;
end;

Procedure SetMyInt(Value : Integer);

begin
  If ((Value mod 2)=1) then
    Raise Exception.Create('Only even values are allowed');
  FMyInt:=Value;  
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
The unit \file{testprop} would then look like:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
unit testprop;

Interface

uses testrw;

Property
  MyProp : Integer Read GetMyInt Write SetMyInt;

Implementation

end.  
\end{verbatim}
More information about properties can be found in \seec{Classes}.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Objects
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Objects}
\label{ch:Objects}
\index{Objects}\index{Types!Object}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Declaration
\section{Declaration}
\fpc supports object oriented programming. In fact, most  of the compiler is
written using objects. Here we present some technical questions regarding
object oriented programming in \fpc.

Objects should be treated as a special kind of record. The record contains
all the fields that are declared in the objects definition, and pointers
to the methods that are associated to the objects' type.

An object is declared just as a record would be declared; except that
now, procedures and functions can be declared as if they were part of the record.
Objects can ''inherit'' fields and methods from ''parent'' objects. This means
that these fields and methods can be used as if they were included in the
objects declared as a ''child'' object.

Furthermore, a concept of visibility \index{Visibility} is introduced: 
fields, procedures and functions can be declared as \var{public},
\var{protected} or 
\var{private}. By default, fields and methods are \var{public}, and 
are exported outside the current unit. 
\index{Visibility!Public}\index{Visibility!Private}

Fields or methods that are declared \var{private} are only accessible 
in the current unit: their scope is limited to the implementation of the
current unit.\index{Scope}

The prototype declaration of an object is as follows:
\index{object}\keywordlink{object}
\input{syntax/typeobj.syn}
As can be seen, as many \var{private} and \var{public} blocks as needed can be
declared.\index{private}\index{public}

The following is a valid definition of an object:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TObj = object
  Private
    Caption : ShortString;
  Public
    Constructor init;
    Destructor done;
    Procedure SetCaption (AValue : String);
    Property GetCaption : String;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
It contains a constructor/destructor pair, and a method to get and set a
caption. The \var{Caption} field is private to the object: it cannot be accessed
outside the unit in which \var{TObj} is declared.

\begin{remark}
In MacPas mode, the \var{Object} keyword is replaced by the \var{class}
keyword for compatibility with other pascal compilers available on the Mac. 
That means that objects cannot be used in MacPas mode.
\end{remark}
\begin{remark}\index{Packed}
\fpc also supports the packed object. This is the same as an object, only
the elements (fields) of the object are byte-aligned, just as in the packed
record.
The declaration of a packed object is similar to the declaration
of a packed record :
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TObj = packed object
   Constructor init;
   ...
   end;
  Pobj = ^TObj;
Var PP : Pobj;
\end{verbatim}
Similarly, the \var{\{\$PackRecords \}} directive acts on objects as well.
\end{remark}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Fields
\section{Fields}
\index{Fields}
Object Fields are like record fields. They are accessed in the same way as
a record field  would be accessed : by using a qualified identifier. Given the
following declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type TAnObject = Object
       AField : Longint;
       Procedure AMethod;
       end;
Var AnObject : TAnObject;
\end{verbatim}
then the following would be a valid assignment:
\begin{verbatim}
  AnObject.AField := 0;
\end{verbatim}
Inside methods, fields can be accessed using the short identifier:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure TAnObject.AMethod;
begin
  ...
  AField := 0;
  ...
end;
\end{verbatim}
Or, one can use the \var{self} identifier. The \var{self} identifier refers
to the current instance of the object:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure TAnObject.AMethod;
begin
  ...
  Self.AField := 0;
  ...
end;
\end{verbatim}
One cannot access fields that are in a private or protected sections of an object from
outside the objects' methods. If this is attempted anyway, the compiler will complain about
an unknown identifier.

It is also possible to use the \var{with} statement with an object instance,
just as with a record:
\begin{verbatim}
With AnObject do
  begin
  Afield := 12;
  AMethod;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
In this example, between the \var{begin} and \var{end}, it is as if
\var{AnObject} was prepended to the \var{Afield} and \var{Amethod}
identifiers. More about this in \sees{With}.

\section{Static fields}
\keywordlink{static}
When the \var{\{\$STATIC ON\}} directive is active, then an object
can contain static fields: these fields are global to the object type, and act
like global variables, but are known only as part of the object. They can be
referenced from within the objects methods, but can also be referenced from
outside the object by providing the fully qualified name.

For instance, the output of the following program:
\begin{verbatim}
{$static on}
type
  cl=object
    l : longint;static;
  end;
var
  c1,c2 : cl;
begin
  c1.l:=2;
  writeln(c2.l);
  c2.l:=3;
  writeln(c1.l);
  Writeln(cl.l);
end.
\end{verbatim}
will be the following
\begin{verbatim}
2
3
3
\end{verbatim}
Note that the last line of code references the object type itself (\var{cl}), 
and not an instance of the object (\var{cl1} or \var{cl2}).


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Constructors and destructors
\section{Constructors and destructors }
\index{Constructor}\index{Destructor} \keywordlink{constructor}
\keywordlink{destructor}
\index{Virtual}
\label{se:constructdestruct}
As can be seen in the syntax diagram for an object declaration, \fpc supports
constructors and destructors. The programmer is responsible for calling the
constructor and the destructor explicitly when using objects.

The declaration of a constructor or destructor is as follows:
\input{syntax/construct.syn}
A constructor/destructor pair is {\em required} if the object uses virtual methods.\index{Virtual}
The reason is that for an object with virtual methods, some internal
housekeeping must be done: this housekeeping is done by the
constructor\footnote{A pointer to the VMT must be set up.}.

In the declaration of the object type, a simple identifier should be used
for the name of the constuctor or destructor. When the constructor or destructor
is implemented, A qualified method identifier should be used,
i.e. an identifier of the form \var{objectidentifier.methodidentifier}.

\fpc supports also the extended syntax of the \var{New} and \var{Dispose}
procedures. In case a dynamic variable of an object type must be allocated
the constructor's name can be specified in the call to \var{New}.
The \var{New} is implemented as a function which returns a pointer to the
instantiated object. Consider the following declarations:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TObj = object;
   Constructor init;
   ...
   end;
  Pobj = ^TObj;
Var PP : Pobj;
\end{verbatim}
Then the following 3 calls are equivalent:
\begin{verbatim}
 pp := new (Pobj,Init);
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
  new(pp,init);
\end{verbatim}
and also
\begin{verbatim}
  new (pp);
  pp^.init;
\end{verbatim}
In the last case, the compiler will issue a warning that the
extended syntax of \var{new} and \var{dispose} must be used to generate instances of an
object. It is possible to ignore this warning, but it's better programming practice to
use the extended syntax to create instances of an object.
Similarly, the \var{Dispose} procedure accepts the name of a destructor. The
destructor will then be called, before removing the object from the heap.

In view of the compiler warning remark, the following chapter presents the
Delphi approach to object-oriented programming, and may be considered a
more natural way of object-oriented programming.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Methods
\section{Methods}
\index{Methods}
Object methods are just like ordinary procedures or functions, only they
have an implicit extra parameter : \var{self}. Self points to the object
with which the method was invoked.\index{Self}
When implementing methods, the fully qualified identifier must be given
in the function header. When declaring methods, a normal identifier must be
given.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Method declaration
\subsection{Declaration}
The declaration of a method is much like a normal function or procedure
declaration, with some additional specifiers, as can be seen from the
following diagram, which is part of the object declaration:
\input{syntax/omethods.syn}
from the point of view of declarations, \var{Method definitions} are 
normal function or procedure declarations.
Contrary to TP and Delphi, fields can be declared after methods in the same 
block, i.e. the following will generate an error when compiling with Delphi
or \tp, but not with FPC:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  MyObj = Object
    Procedure Doit;
    Field : Longint;
  end;
\end{verbatim}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Method invocation
\subsection{Method invocation}
Methods are called just as normal procedures are called, only they have an
object instance identifier prepended to them (see also \seec{Statements}).
To determine which method is called, it is necessary to know the type of
the method. We treat the different types in what follows.

\subsubsection{Static methods}
\index{Methods!Static}
Static methods are methods that have been declared without a \var{abstract}
or \var{virtual} keyword. When calling a static method, the declared (i.e.
compile time) method of the object is used.
For example, consider the following declarations:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TParent = Object
    ...
    procedure Doit;
    ...
    end;
  PParent = ^TParent;
  TChild = Object(TParent)
    ...
    procedure Doit;
    ...
    end;
  PChild = ^TChild;
\end{verbatim}
As it is visible, both the parent and child objects have a method called
\var{Doit}. Consider now the following declarations and calls:
\begin{verbatim}
Var 
  ParentA,ParentB : PParent;
  Child           : PChild;

begin
   ParentA := New(PParent,Init);
   ParentB := New(PChild,Init);
   Child := New(PChild,Init);
   ParentA^.Doit;
   ParentB^.Doit;
   Child^.Doit;
\end{verbatim}
Of the three invocations of \var{Doit}, only the last one will call
\var{TChild.Doit}, the other two calls will call \var{TParent.Doit}.
This is because for static methods, the compiler determines at compile
time which method should be called. Since \var{ParentB} is of type
\var{TParent}, the compiler decides that it must be called with
\var{TParent.Doit}, even though it will be created as a \var{TChild}.
There may be times when the method that is actually called should
depend on the actual type of the object at run-time. If so, the method
cannot be a static method, but must be a virtual method.

\subsubsection{Virtual methods}
\index{Virtual}\index{Methods!Virtual}\keywordlink{virtual}
To remedy the situation in the previous section, \var{virtual} methods are
created. This is simply done by appending the method declaration with the
\var{virtual} modifier. The descendent object can then override the method
with a new implementation by re-declaring the method (with the same
parameter list) using the \var{virtual} keyword.

Going back to the previous example, consider the following alternative
declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TParent = Object
    ...
    procedure Doit;virtual;
    ...
    end;
  PParent = ^TParent;
  TChild = Object(TParent)
    ...
    procedure Doit;virtual;
    ...
    end;
  PChild = ^TChild;
\end{verbatim}
As it is visible, both the parent and child objects have a method called
\var{Doit}. Consider now the following declarations and calls :
\begin{verbatim}
Var 
  ParentA,ParentB : PParent;
  Child           : PChild;

begin
   ParentA := New(PParent,Init);
   ParentB := New(PChild,Init);
   Child := New(PChild,Init);
   ParentA^.Doit;
   ParentB^.Doit;
   Child^.Doit;
\end{verbatim}
Now, different methods will be called, depending on the actual run-time type
of the object. For \var{ParentA}, nothing changes, since it is created as
a \var{TParent} instance. For \var{Child}, the situation also doesn't
change: it is again created as an instance of \var{TChild}.

For \var{ParentB} however, the situation does change: Even though it was
declared as a \var{TParent}, it is created as an instance of \var{TChild}.
Now, when the program runs, before calling \var{Doit}, the program
checks what the actual type of \var{ParentB} is, and only then decides which
method must be called. Seeing that \var{ParentB} is of type \var{TChild},
\var{TChild.Doit} will be called. The code for this run-time checking of the actual type of an object is
inserted by the compiler at compile time.

The \var{TChild.Doit} is said to {\em override} the
\var{TParent.Doit}.\index{override} \index{inherited} \keywordlink{override}
\keywordlink{inherited}
It is possible to acces the \var{TParent.Doit} from within the
var{TChild.Doit}, with the \var{inherited} keyword:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure TChild.Doit;
begin
  inherited Doit;
  ...
end;
\end{verbatim}
In the above example, when \var{TChild.Doit} is called, the first thing it
does is call \var{TParent.Doit}.  The inherited keyword cannot be used in
static methods, only on virtual methods.

To be able to do this, the compiler keeps - per object type - a table with
virtual methods: the VMT (Virtual Method Table). This is simply a table 
with pointers to each of the virtual methods: each virtual method has its
fixed location in this table (an index). The compiler uses this table to 
look up the actual method that must be used. When a descendent object
overrides a method, the entry of the parent method is overwritten in the
VMT. More information about the VMT can be found in \progref.

As remarked earlier, objects that have a VMT must be initialized with a
constructor: the object variable must be initialized with a pointer to
the VMT of the actual type that it was created with.

%
\subsubsection{Abstract methods}
\index{Abstract}\index{Methods!Abstract}\index{Methods!Virtual}\keywordlink{abstract}
An abstract method is a special kind of virtual method. A method that is
declared \var{abstract} does not have an implementation for this method. 
It is up to inherited objects to override and implement this method.

From this it follows that a method can not be abstract if it is not virtual 
(this can be seen from the syntax diagram). A second consequence is that 
an instance of an object that has an abstract method cannot be created
directly.

The reason is obvious: there is no method where the compiler could jump to !
A method that is declared \var{abstract} does not have an implementation for
this method. It is up to inherited objects to override and implement this
method. Continuing our example, take a look at this:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TParent = Object
    ...
    procedure Doit;virtual;abstract;
    ...
    end;
  PParent=^TParent;
  TChild = Object(TParent)
    ...
    procedure Doit;virtual;
    ...
    end;
  PChild = ^TChild;
\end{verbatim}
As it is visible, both the parent and child objects have a method called
\var{Doit}. Consider now the following declarations and calls :
\begin{verbatim}
Var 
  ParentA,ParentB : PParent;
  Child           : PChild;

begin
   ParentA := New(PParent,Init);
   ParentB := New(PChild,Init);
   Child := New(PChild,Init);
   ParentA^.Doit;
   ParentB^.Doit;
   Child^.Doit;
\end{verbatim}
First of all, Line 3 will generate a compiler error, stating that one cannot
generate instances of objects with abstract methods: The compiler has
detected that \var{PParent} points to an object which has an abstract
method. Commenting line 3 would allow compilation of the program.
\begin{remark}
If an abstract method is overridden, The parent method cannot be called
with \var{inherited}, since there is no parent method; The compiler
will detect this, and complain about it, like this:
\begin{verbatim}
testo.pp(32,3) Error: Abstract methods can't be called directly
\end{verbatim}
If, through some mechanism, an abstract method is called at run-time,
then a run-time error will occur. (run-time error 211, to be precise)
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Visibility
\section{Visibility}
\index{Visibility}\index{Scope}\index{Private}\index{Protected}\index{Public}
For objects, 3 visibility specifiers exist : \var{private}, \var{protected} and
\var{public}. If a visibility specifier is not specified, \var{public}
is assumed.
Both methods and fields can be hidden from a programmer by putting them
in a \var{private} section. The exact visibility rule is as follows:
\begin{description}
\item [Private\ ] All fields and methods that are in a \var{private} block,
can  only be accessed in the module (i.e. unit or program) that contains
the object definition.\keywordlink{private}
They can be accessed from inside the object's methods or from outside them
e.g. from other objects' methods, or global functions.
\item [Protected\ ] Is the same as \var{Private}, except that the members of
a \var{Protected} section are also accessible to descendent types, even if
they are implemented in other modules.\keywordlink{private}
\item [Public\ ] fields and methods are always accessible, from everywhere.
Fields and methods in a \var{public} section behave as though they were part
of an ordinary \var{record} type.\keywordlink{public}
\end{description}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Classes
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Classes}
\label{ch:Classes}\index{Classes}\index{Types!Class}\keywordlink{class}
In the Delphi approach to Object Oriented Programming, everything revolves
around  the concept of 'Classes'.  A class can be seen as a pointer to an
object, or a pointer to a record, with methods associated with it.

The difference between objects and classes is mainly that an object
is allocated on the stack, as an ordinary record would be, and that
classes are always allocated on the heap. In the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A : TSomeObject; // an Object
  B : TSomeClass;  // a Class
\end{verbatim}
The main difference is that the variable \var{A} will take up as much 
space on the stack as the size of the object (\var{TSomeObject}). The
variable \var{B}, on the other hand, will always take just the size of
a pointer on the stack. The actual class data is on the heap.

From this, a second difference follows: a class must {\em always} be initialized
through its constructor, whereas for an object, this is not necessary.
Calling the constructor allocates the necessary memory on the heap for the
class instance data. 

\begin{remark}
In earlier versions of \fpc it was necessary, in order to use classes,
to put the \file{objpas} unit in the uses clause of a unit or program.
{\em This is no longer needed} as of version 0.99.12. As of this version,
the unit will be loaded automatically when the \var{-MObjfpc} or
\var{-MDelphi}  options are specified, or their corresponding directives are
used:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
{$mode delphi}
\end{verbatim}
In fact, the compiler will give a warning if it encounters the
\file{objpas} unit in a uses clause.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Class definitions
\section{Class definitions}
The prototype declaration of a class is as follows:\index{Class}
\input{syntax/typeclas.syn}

\begin{remark}
In MacPas mode, the \var{Object} keyword is replaced by the \var{class}
keyword for compatibility with other pascal compilers available on the Mac. 
That means that in MacPas mode, the reserved word 'class' in the above
diagram may be replaced by the reserved word 'object'.
\end{remark}

In a class declaration, as many \var{private}, \var{protected}, \var{published}
and \var{public} blocks as needed can be used: the various blocks can be
repeated, and there is no special order in which they must appear.

Methods are normal function or procedure declarations.
As can be seen, the declaration of a class is almost identical to the
declaration of an object. The real difference between objects and classes
is in the way they are created (see further in this chapter).
The visibility of the different sections is as follows:\index{Scope}
\begin{description}
\item [Private\ ] \index{Private}\index{Visibility!Protected} All fields and methods that are in a \var{private} block, can
only be accessed in the module (i.e. unit) that contains the class definition.
They can be accessed from inside the classes' methods or from outside them
(e.g. from other classes' methods)\keywordlink{private}
\item [Protected\ ] \index{Protected}\index{Visibility!Protected}%
Is the same as \var{Private}, except that the members of
a \var{Protected} section are also accessible to descendent types, even if
they are implemented in other modules.\keywordlink{protected}
\item [Public\ ] \index{Public}\index{Visibility!Public} sections are always
accessible.\keywordlink{public}
\item [Published\ ] \index{Published}\index{Visibility!Published} Is the same as a \var{Public} section, but the compiler
generates also type information that is needed for automatic streaming of
these classes if the compiler is in the \var{\{\$M+\}} state. Fields defined in a \var{published} section must be of class type.
Array properties cannot be in a \var{published}
section.\keywordlink{published}
\end{description}
In the syntax diagram, it can be seen that a class can list implemented
interfaces. This feature will be discussed in the next chapter.

Classes can contain \var{Class} methods: these are functions that do not
require an instance. The \var{Self} identifier is valid in such methods, 
but refers to the class pointer (the VMT). 

Similar to objects, if the \var{\{\$STATIC ON\}} directive is active, then a class
can contain static fields: these fields are global to the class, and act
like global variables, but are known only as part of the class. They can be
referenced from within the classes' methods, but can also be referenced from
outside the class by providing the fully qualified name.

For instance, the output of the following program:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
{$static on}
type
  cl=class
    l : longint;static;
  end;
var
  c1,c2 : cl;
begin
  c1:=cl.create;
  c2:=cl.create;
  c1.l:=2;
  writeln(c2.l);
  c2.l:=3;
  writeln(c1.l);
  Writeln(cl.l);
end.
\end{verbatim}
will be the following
\begin{verbatim}
2
3
3
\end{verbatim}
Note that the last line of code references the class type itself (\var{cl}), 
and not an instance of the class (\var{cl1} or \var{cl2}).

It is also possible to define class reference types:
\input{syntax/classref.syn}
Class reference types are used to create instances of a certain class, which
is not yet known at compile time, but which is specified at run time. 
Essentially, a variable of a class reference type contains a pointer to the
definition of the speficied class. This can be used to construct an instance 
of the class corresponding to the definition, or to check inheritance. 
The following example shows how it works:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TComponentClass = Class of TComponent;

Function CreateComponent(AClass: TComponentClass; 
                         AOwner: TComponent): TComponent;

begin
  // ...
  Result:=AClass.Create(AOwner);
  // ...
end;
\end{verbatim}
This function can be passed a class reference of any class that descends
from \var{TComponent}. The following is a valid call:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C : TComponent;

begin
  C:=CreateComponent(TEdit,Form1);
end;
\end{verbatim}
On return of the \var{CreateComponent} function, \var{C} will contain an 
instance of the class \var{TEdit}. Note that the following call will fail to
compile:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C : TComponent;

begin
  C:=CreateComponent(TStream,Form1);
end;
\end{verbatim}
because \var{TStream} does not descend from \var{TComponent}, and
\var{AClass} refers to a \var{TComponent} class. The compiler can
(and will) check this at compile time, and will produce an error.

References to classes can also be used to check inheritance:
\begin{verbatim}
  TMinClass = Class of TMyClass;
  TMaxClass = Class of TMyClassChild;

Function CheckObjectBetween(Instance : TObject) : boolean;

begin
  If not (Instance is TMinClass) 
     or ((Instance is TMaxClass) 
          and (Instance.ClassType<>TMaxClass)) then
    Raise Exception.Create(SomeError)
end;
\end{verbatim}
The above example will raise an exception if the passed instance
is not a descendent of \var{TMinClass} or a descendent if \var{TMaxClass}.

More about instantiating a class can be found in the next section.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Class instantiation
\section{Class instantiation}
\index{Constructor}\keywordlink{constructor}
Classes must be created using one of their constructors (there can be
multiple constructors). Remember that a class is a pointer to an object on
the heap. When a variable of some class is declared, the compiler just 
allocates room for this pointer, not the entire object. The constructor of
a class returns a pointer to an initialized instance of the object on the
heap. So, to initialize an instance of some class, one would do the following :
\begin{verbatim}
  ClassVar := ClassType.ConstructorName;
\end{verbatim}
The extended syntax of \var{new} and \var{dispose} can {\em not} be used to
instantiate and destroy class instances.
That construct is reserved for use with objects only.
Calling the constructor will provoke a call to \var{getmem}, to allocate
enough space to hold the class instance data.
After that, the constuctor's code is executed.
The constructor has a pointer to its data, in \var{Self}.

\begin{remark}
\begin{itemize}\index{Packed}
\item The \var{\{\$PackRecords \}} directive also affects classes.
i.e. the alignment in memory of the different fields depends on the
value of  the \var{\{\$PackRecords \}} directive.
\item Just as for objects and records, a packed class can be declared.
This has the same effect as on an object, or record, namely that the
elements are aligned on 1-byte boundaries. i.e. as close as possible.
\item \var{SizeOf(class)} will return the same as \var{SizeOf(Pointer)}, 
since a class is but a pointer to an object. To get the size of the class 
instance data, use the \var{TObject.InstanceSize} method.
\end{itemize}
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Methods
\section{Methods}
\index{Methods}
\subsection{Declaration}
Declaration of methods in classes follows the same rules as method
declarations in objects:
\input{syntax/cmethods.syn}

\subsection{invocation}
Method invocation for classes is no different than for objects. The
following is a valid method invocation:
\begin{verbatim}
Var  AnObject : TAnObject;
begin
  AnObject := TAnObject.Create;
  ANobject.AMethod;
\end{verbatim}


\subsection{Virtual methods}
\index{Methods!Virtual}\index{Virtual}
Classes have virtual methods, just as objects do. There is however a
difference between the two. For objects, it is sufficient to redeclare the
same method in a descendent object with the keyword \var{virtual} to
override it. For classes, the situation is different: virtual methods 
{\em must} be overridden with the \var{override} keyword. Failing to do so,
will start a {\em new} batch of virtual methods, hiding the previous
one.  The \var{Inherited} keyword will not jump to the inherited method, if
\var{Virtual} was used.

The following code is {\em wrong}:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  ObjParent = Class
    Procedure MyProc; virtual;
  end;
  ObjChild  = Class(ObjPArent)
    Procedure MyProc; virtual;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
The compiler will produce a warning:
\begin{verbatim}
Warning: An inherited method is hidden by OBJCHILD.MYPROC
\end{verbatim}
The compiler will compile it, but using \var{Inherited} can\index{Inherited}
produce strange effects.

The correct declaration is as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  ObjParent = Class
    Procedure MyProc; virtual;
  end;
  ObjChild  = Class(ObjPArent)
    Procedure MyProc; override;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
This will compile and run without warnings or errors.\index{Override}

If the virtual method should really be replaced with a method with the 
same name, then the \var{reintroduce} keyword can be used:\index{reintroduce} 
\keywordlink{reintroduce}
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  ObjParent = Class
    Procedure MyProc; virtual;
  end;
  ObjChild  = Class(ObjPArent)
    Procedure MyProc; reintroduce;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
This new method is no longer virtual.

To be able to do this, the compiler keeps - per class type - a table with
virtual methods: the VMT (Virtual Method Table). This is simply a table 
with pointers to each of the virtual methods: each virtual method has its
fixed location in this table (an index). The compiler uses this table to 
look up the actual method that must be used at runtime. When a descendent object
overrides a method, the entry of the parent method is overwritten in the
VMT. More information about the VMT can be found in \progref.

\begin{remark}
The keyword 'virtual' can be replaced with the 'dynamic' keyword: dynamic
methods behave the same as virtual methods. Unlike in Delphi, in FPC the
implementation of dynamic methods is equal to the implementation of virtual
methods.
\end{remark}
\subsection{Class methods}
\index{Class}\index{Methods!Class}
Class methods are identified by the keyword \var{Class} in front of the
procedure or function declaration, as in the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
  Class Function ClassName : String;
\end{verbatim}
Class methods are methods that do not have an instance (i.e. Self does not
point to a class instance) but which follow the scoping and inheritance 
rules of a class. They can be used to return information about the current
class, for instance for registration or use in a class factory. Since no 
instance is available, no information available in instances can be used.

Class methods can be called from inside a regular method, but can also be called 
using a class identifier:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  AClass : TClass;

begin
  ..
  if CompareText(AClass.ClassName,'TCOMPONENT')=0 then
  ...

\end{verbatim}
But calling them from an instance is also possible:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  MyClass : TObject;

begin
  ..
  if MyClass.ClassNameis('TCOMPONENT') then
  ...
\end{verbatim}
The reverse is not possible: Inside a class method, the \var{Self} identifier 
points to the VMT\index{Self} table of the class. No fields, properties or 
regular methods are available inside a class method. Accessing a regular 
property or method will result in a compiler error. 

Note that class methods can be virtual, and can be overridden.

Class methods cannot be used as read or write specifiers for a
property.\index{Property}

\subsection{Message methods}
\index{Methods!Message}
New in classes are \var{message} methods. Pointers to message methods are
stored in a special table, together with the integer or string cnstant that
they were declared with. They are primarily intended to ease programming of
callback functions in several \var{GUI} toolkits, such as \var{Win32} or
\var{GTK}. In difference with Delphi, \fpc also accepts strings as message
identifiers. Message methods are always virtual.
\index{Virtual}\index{message} \keywordlink{message}

As can be seen in the class declaration diagram, message methods are 
declared with a \var{Message} keyword, followed by an integer constant
expression. 

Additionally, they can take only one var argument (typed or not):\index{Message}
\begin{verbatim}
 Procedure TMyObject.MyHandler(Var Msg); Message 1;
\end{verbatim}
The method implementation of a message function is not different from an
ordinary method. It is also possible to call a message method directly,
but this should not be done. Instead, the \var{TObject.Dispatch} method
should be used.\index{Dispatch} Message methods are automatically virtual,
i.e. they can be overridden in descendent classes.

The \var{TOBject.Dispatch} method can be used to call a
\var{message}\index{Message}
handler. It is declared in the \file{system} unit and will accept a var
parameter  which must have at the first position a cardinal with the
message ID that should be called. For example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TMsg = Record
    MSGID : Cardinal
    Data : Pointer;
Var
  Msg : TMSg;

MyObject.Dispatch (Msg);
\end{verbatim}
In this example, the \var{Dispatch} method will look at the object and all
its ancestors (starting at the object, and searching up the inheritance 
class tree), to see if a message method with message \var{MSGID} has been
declared. If such a method is found, it is called, and passed the
\var{Msg} parameter.

If no such method is found, \var{DefaultHandler} is called.
\var{DefaultHandler} is a virtual method of \var{TObject} that doesn't do
anything, but which can be overridden to provide any processing that might be
needed. \var{DefaultHandler} is declared as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
   procedure defaulthandler(var message);virtual;
\end{verbatim}

In addition to the message method with a \var{Integer} identifier,
\fpc also supports a message method with a string identifier:
\begin{verbatim}
 Procedure TMyObject.MyStrHandler(Var Msg); Message 'OnClick';
\end{verbatim}
The working of the string message handler is the same as the ordinary
integer message handler:

The \var{TOBject.DispatchStr} \index{DispatchStr} method can be used to call a \var{message}
handler. It is declared in the system unit and will accept one parameter
which must have at the first position a short string with the message ID that
should be called. For example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TMsg = Record
    MsgStr : String[10]; // Arbitrary length up to 255 characters.
    Data : Pointer;
Var
  Msg : TMSg;

MyObject.DispatchStr (Msg);
\end{verbatim}
In this example, the \var{DispatchStr} method will look at the object and
all its ancestors (starting at the object, and searching up the inheritance 
class tree), to see if a message method with message \var{MsgStr} has been
declared. If such a method is found, it is called, and passed the
\var{Msg} parameter.

If no such method is found, \var{DefaultHandlerStr} is called.
\var{DefaultHandlerStr} is a virtual method of \var{TObject} that doesn't do
anything, but which can be overridden to provide any processing that might be
needed. \var{DefaultHandlerStr} is declared as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
   procedure DefaultHandlerStr(var message);virtual;
\end{verbatim}
In addition to this mechanism, a string message method accepts a \var{self}
parameter:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure StrMsgHandler(Data: Pointer; 
                        Self: TMyObject); Message 'OnClick';
\end{verbatim}
When encountering such a method, the compiler will generate code that loads
the \var{Self} parameter into the object instance pointer. The result of
this is that it is possible to pass \var{Self} as a parameter to such a
method.

\begin{remark}
The type of the \var{Self} \index{Self}parameter must be of the same class
as the class the method is defined in.
\end{remark}

\subsection{Using inherited}
In an overridden virtual method, it is often necessary to call the parent
class' implementation of the virtual method. This can be  done with the
\var{inherited} keyword. Likewise, the \var{inherited} keyword can be used
to call any method of the parent class.

The first case is the simplest:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TMyClass = Class(TComponent)
    Constructor Create(AOwner : TComponent); override;
  end;

Constructor TMyClass.Create(AOwner : TComponent); 

begin
  Inherited;
  // Do more things
end;
\end{verbatim}
In the above example, the \var{Inherited} statement will call \var{Create}
of \var{TComponent}, passing it \var{AOwner} as a parameter: the same
parameters that were passed to the current method will be passed to the
parent's method. They must not be specified again: if none are specified,
the compiler will pass the same arguments as the ones received.

The second case is slightly more complicated:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TMyClass = Class(TComponent)
    Constructor Create(AOwner : TComponent); override;
    Constructor CreateNew(AOwner : TComponent; DoExtra : Boolean);
  end;

Constructor TMyClass.Create(AOwner : TComponent); 

begin
  Inherited;
end;

Constructor TMyClass.CreateNew(AOwner : TComponent; DoExtra); 

begin
  Inherited Create(AOwner);
  // Do stuff
end;
\end{verbatim}
The \var{CreateNew} method will first call \var{TComponent.Create} and
will pass it \var{AOwner} as a parameter. It will not call
\var{TMyClass.Create}.

Although the examples were given using constructors, the use of
\var{inherited} is not restricted to constructors, it can be used
for any procedure or function or destructor as well.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Properties
\section{Properties}
\index{Properties}\keywordlink{property}
\subsection{Definition}
Classes can contain properties as part of their fields list. A property
acts like a normal field, i.e. its value can be retrieved or set, but it
allows to redirect the access of the field through functions and
procedures. They provide a means to associate an action with an assignment
of or a reading from a class 'field'. This allows for e.g. checking that a
value is valid when assigning, or, when reading, it allows to construct the
value on the fly. Moreover, properties can be read-only or write only.
The prototype declaration of a property is as follows:\index{Property}
\input{syntax/property.syn}

A \var{read specifier} \index{Read} is either the name of a field that contains the
property, or the name of a method function that has the same return type as
the property type. In the case of a simple type, this
function must not accept an argument. In case of an array property, the
function must accept a single argument of the same type as the index.
In case of an indexed property, it must accept a integer as an argument.

A \var{read specifier} is optional, making the property write-only. 
Note that class methods cannot be used as read specifiers.

A \var{write specifier} \index{Write} is optional: If there is no \var{write specifier}, the
property is read-only. A write specifier is either the name of a field, or
the name of a method procedure that accepts as a sole argument a variable of
the same type as the property. In case of an array property, the procedure
must accept 2 arguments: the first argument must have the same type as the
index, the second argument must be of the same type as the property.
Similarly, in case of an indexed property, the first parameter must be an integer.

The section \index{Private}\index{Published} (\var{private}, \var{published}) 
in which the specified function or procedure resides is irrelevant. Usually, 
however, this will be a protected or private method.

For example, given the following declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  MyClass = Class
    Private
    Field1 : Longint;
    Field2 : Longint;
    Field3 : Longint;
    Procedure  Sety (value : Longint);
    Function Gety : Longint;
    Function Getz : Longint;
    Public
    Property X : Longint Read Field1 write Field2;
    Property Y : Longint Read GetY Write Sety;
    Property Z : Longint Read GetZ;
    end;

Var 
  MyClass : TMyClass;
\end{verbatim}
The following are valid statements:
\begin{verbatim}
WriteLn ('X : ',MyClass.X);
WriteLn ('Y : ',MyClass.Y);
WriteLn ('Z : ',MyClass.Z);
MyClass.X := 0;
MyClass.Y := 0;
\end{verbatim}
But the following would generate an error:
\begin{verbatim}
MyClass.Z := 0;
\end{verbatim}
because Z is a read-only property.

What happens in the above statements is that when a value needs to be read,
the compiler inserts a call to the various \var{getNNN} methods of the
object, and the result of this call is used. When an assignment is made,
the compiler passes the value that must be assigned as a paramater to
the various \var{setNNN} methods.

Because of this mechanism, properties cannot be passed as var arguments to a
function or procedure, since there is no known address of the property (at
least, not always).\index{Parameters!Var}

\subsection{Indexed properties}
\index{Properties!Indexed}\keywordlink{index}
If the property definition contains an index, \index{index} then the read and write
specifiers must be a function and a procedure. Moreover, these functions
require an additional parameter : An integer parameter. This allows to read
or write several properties with the same function. For this, the properties
must have the same type.
The following is an example of a property with an index:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
Type 
  TPoint = Class(TObject)
  Private
    FX,FY : Longint;
    Function GetCoord (Index : Integer): Longint;
    Procedure SetCoord (Index : Integer; Value : longint);
  Public
    Property X : Longint index 1 read GetCoord Write SetCoord;
    Property Y : Longint index 2 read GetCoord Write SetCoord;
    Property Coords[Index : Integer]:Longint Read GetCoord;
  end;

Procedure TPoint.SetCoord (Index : Integer; Value : Longint);
begin
  Case Index of
   1 : FX := Value;
   2 : FY := Value;
  end;
end;

Function TPoint.GetCoord (INdex : Integer) : Longint;
begin
  Case Index of
   1 : Result := FX;
   2 : Result := FY;
  end;
end;

Var 
  P : TPoint;

begin
  P := TPoint.create;
  P.X := 2;
  P.Y := 3;
  With P do
    WriteLn ('X=',X,' Y=',Y);
end.
\end{verbatim}
When the compiler encounters an assignment to \var{X}, then \var{SetCoord}
is called with as first parameter the index (1 in the above case) and with
as a second parameter the value to be set.
Conversely, when reading the value of \var{X}, the compiler calls
\var{GetCoord} and passes it index 1.
Indexes can only be integer values.

\subsection{Array properties}
Array properties also exist.\index{Properties!Array} These are properties that accept an
index, just as an array does. Only now the index doesn't have to be an
ordinal type, but can be any type.

A \var{read specifier} for an array property is the name method function
that has the same return type as the property type.
The function must accept as a sole arguent a variable of the same type as
the index type. For an array property, one cannot specify fields as \var{read
specifiers}.

A \var{write specifier} for an array property is the name of a method
procedure that accepts two arguments: The first argument has the same
type as the index, and the second argument is a parameter of the same
type as the property type.
As an example, see the following declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  TIntList = Class
  Private
    Function GetInt (I : Longint) : longint;
    Function GetAsString (A : String) : String;
    Procedure SetInt (I : Longint; Value : Longint;);
    Procedure SetAsString (A : String; Value : String);
  Public
    Property Items [i : Longint] : Longint Read GetInt
                                           Write SetInt;
    Property StrItems [S : String] : String Read GetAsString
                                            Write SetAsstring;
  end;

Var 
  AIntList : TIntList;
\end{verbatim}
Then the following statements would be valid:
\begin{verbatim}
AIntList.Items[26] := 1;
AIntList.StrItems['twenty-five'] := 'zero';
WriteLn ('Item 26 : ',AIntList.Items[26]);
WriteLn ('Item 25 : ',AIntList.StrItems['twenty-five']);
\end{verbatim}
While the following statements would generate errors:
\begin{verbatim}
AIntList.Items['twenty-five'] := 1;
AIntList.StrItems[26] := 'zero';
\end{verbatim}
Because the index types are wrong.

\subsection{Default properties}
Array properties can be declared as \var{default} properties. This means that
it is not necessary to specify the property name when assigning or reading
it. In the previous example, if the definition of the items property would
have been
\begin{verbatim}
 Property Items[i : Longint]: Longint Read GetInt
                                      Write SetInt; Default;
\end{verbatim}
Then the assignment
\begin{verbatim}
AIntList.Items[26] := 1;
\end{verbatim}
Would be equivalent to the following abbreviation.
\begin{verbatim}
AIntList[26] := 1;
\end{verbatim}
Only one default property per class is allowed, and descendent classes
cannot redeclare the default property.

\subsection{Storage information}
The {\em stored specifier} should be either a boolean constant, a boolean
field of the class, or a parameterless function which returns a boolean
result. This specifier has no result on the class behaviour. It is an aid
for the streaming system: the stored specifier is specified in the RTTI
generated for a class (it can only be streamed if RTTI is generated), 
and is used to determine whether a property should be streamed or not: 
it saves space in a stream. It is not possible to specify the 'Stored'
directive for array properties.

The {\em default specifier} can be specified for ordinal types and sets.
It serves the same purpose as the {\em stored specifier}: Properties that
have as value their default value, will not be written to the stream by the
streaming system. The default value is stored in the RTTI that is generated
for the class. Note that
\begin{enumerate}
\item When the class is instantiated, the default value is not automatically
applied to the property, it is the responsability of the programmer to do
this in the constructor of the class.
\item The value 2147483648 cannot be used as a default value, as it is used
internally to denote 'nodefault'.
\item It is not possible to specify a default for array properties.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Overriding properties}
Properties can be overridden in descendent classes, just like methods. The
difference is that for properties, the overriding can always be done:
properties should not be marked 'virtual' so they can be overridden, they
are always overridable (in this sense, properties are always 'virtual').
The type of the overridden property does not have to be the same as the
parents class property type.

Since they can be overridden, the keyword 'inherited' \index{inherited} can
also be used to refer to the parent definition of the property. For example
consider the following code:
\begin{verbatim}
type
  TAncestor = class
  private
    FP1 : Integer;
  public
    property P: integer Read FP1 write FP1;
  end;
 
  TClassA = class(TAncestor)
  private
    procedure SetP(const AValue: char);
    function getP : Char;
  public
    constructor Create;
    property P: char Read GetP write SetP;
  end;

procedure TClassA.SetP(const AValue: char);

begin
  Inherited P:=Ord(AValue);
end;

procedure TClassA.GetP : char;

begin
  Result:=Char((Inherited P) and $FF);
end;
\end{verbatim}
TClassA redefines \var{P} as a character property instead of an integer
property, but uses the parents \var{P} property to store the value.

Care must be taken when using virtual get/set routines for a property:
setting the inherited propert still observes the normal rules of inheritance
for methods. Consider the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
type
  TAncestor = class
  private
    procedure SetP1(const AValue: integer); virtual;
  public
    property P: integer write SetP1;
  end;

  TClassA = class(TAncestor)
  private
    procedure SetP1(const AValue: integer); override;
    procedure SetP2(const AValue: char);
  public
    constructor Create;
    property P: char write SetP2;
  end;

constructor TClassA.Create;
begin
  inherited P:=3; 
end;
\end{verbatim}
In this case, when setting the inherited property \var{P}, the
implementation \var{TClassA.SetP1} will be called, because the
\var{SetP1} method is overridden.

If the parent class implementation of \var{SetP1} must be called,
then this must be called explicitly:
\begin{verbatim}
constructor TClassA.Create;
begin
  inherited SetP1(3);
end;
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Interfaces
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Interfaces}
\label{ch:Interfaces}\index{Interfaces}
\section{Definition}
As of version 1.1, FPC supports interfaces. Interfaces are an 
alternative to multiple inheritance (where a class can have multiple
parent classes) as implemented for instance in C++.  An interface is
basically a named set of methods and properties: A class that 
{\em implements} the interface provides {\em all} the methods as 
they are enumerated in the Interface definition. It is not possible for a
class to implement only part of the interface: it is all or nothing.

Interfaces can also be ordered in a hierarchy, exactly as classes:
An interface definition that inherits from another interface definition
contains all the methods from the parent interface, as well as the methods
explicitly named in the interface definition. A class implementing an
interface must then implement all members of the interface as well as the
methods of the parent interface(s).

An interface can be uniquely identified by a GUID. GUID is an acronym for
Globally Unique Identifier, a 128-bit integer guaranteed always to be 
unique\footnote{In theory, of course.}. Especially on Windows systems, 
the GUID of an interface can and must be used when using COM.

The definition of an Interface has the following
form:\index{interface}\keywordlink{interface}
\input{syntax/typeintf.syn}
Along with this definition the following must be noted:
\begin{itemize}
\item Interfaces can only be used in \var{DELPHI} mode or in \var{OBJFPC}
mode.
\item There are no visibility specifiers. All members are public (indeed,
it would make little sense to make them private or
protected).\index{Visibility}
\item The properties declared in an interface can only have methods as read and
write specifiers.
\item There are no constructors or destructors. Instances of interfaces
cannot be created directly: instead, an instance of a class implementing 
the interface must be created.
\item Only calling convention modifiers may be present in the definition of
a method. Modifiers as \var{virtual}, \var{abstract} or \var{dynamic}, and
hence also \var{override} cannot be present in the definition of a interface
definition.
\end{itemize}
The following are examples of interfaces:
\begin{verbatim}
IUnknown = interface ['{00000000-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
  function QueryInterface(const iid : tguid;out obj) : longint;
  function _AddRef : longint;
  function _Release : longint;
end;
IInterface = IUnknown;

IMyInterface = Interface
  Function MyFunc : Integer;
  Function MySecondFunc : Integer;
end;
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen, the GUID identifying the interface is optional.



\section{Interface identification: A GUID}
An interface can be identified by a GUID. This is a 128-bit number, which is
represented in a text representation (a string literal):
\begin{verbatim}
['{HHHHHHHH-HHHH-HHHH-HHHH-HHHHHHHHHHHH}']
\end{verbatim}
Each \var{H} character represents a hexadecimal number (0-9,A-F). The format
contains 8-4-4-4-12 numbers. A GUID can also be represented by the following
record, defined in the \file{objpas} unit (included automatically when in
\var{DELPHI} or \var{OBJFPC} mode):
\begin{verbatim}
PGuid = ^TGuid;
TGuid = packed record
   case integer of
      1 : (
           Data1 : DWord;
           Data2 : word;
           Data3 : word;
           Data4 : array[0..7] of byte;
          );
      2 : (
           D1 : DWord;
           D2 : word;
           D3 : word;
           D4 : array[0..7] of byte;
          );
end;
\end{verbatim}
A constant of type TGUID can be specified using a string literal:
\begin{verbatim}
{$mode objfpc}
program testuid;

Const
  MyGUID : TGUID = '{10101010-1010-0101-1001-110110110110}';

begin
end.
\end{verbatim}
Normally, the GUIDs are only used in Windows, when using COM interfaces.
More on this in the next section.

\section{Interface implementations}
\index{Interfaces!Implementations}
When a class implements an interface, it should implement all methods of the
interface. If a method of an interface is not implemented, then the compiler
will give an error. For example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  IMyInterface = Interface
    Function MyFunc : Integer;
    Function MySecondFunc : Integer;
  end;

  TMyClass = Class(TInterfacedObject,IMyInterface)
    Function MyFunc : Integer;
    Function MyOtherFunc : Integer;
  end;

Function TMyClass.MyFunc : Integer;

begin
  Result:=23;
end;

Function TMyClass.MyOtherFunc : Integer;

begin
  Result:=24;
end;
\end{verbatim}
will result in a compiler error:
\begin{verbatim}
Error: No matching implementation for interface method
"IMyInterface.MySecondFunc:LongInt" found
\end{verbatim}

Normally, the names of the methods that implement an interface, must 
equal the names of the methods in the interface definition.

However, it is possible to provide aliases for methods that make up an
interface: that is, the compiler can be told that a method of an interface 
is implemented by an existing method with a different name. 
This is done as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  IMyInterface = Interface
    Function MyFunc : Integer;
  end;

  TMyClass = Class(TInterfacedObject,IMyInterface)
    Function MyOtherFunction : Integer;
    // The following fails in FPC.
    Function IMyInterface.MyFunc = MyOtherFunction;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
This declaration tells the compiler that the \var{MyFunc} method of
the \var{IMyInterface} interface is implemented in the \var{MyOtherFunction}
method of the \var{TMyClass} class.

\section{Interfaces and COM}
\index{COM}\index{Interfaces!COM}
When using interfaces on Windows which should be available to the COM
subsystem, the calling convention should be \var{stdcall} - this is not the
default \fpc calling convention, so it should be specified explicitly.

COM does not know properties. It only knows methods. So when specifying
property definitions as part of an interface definition, be aware that the
properties will only be known in the \fpc compiled program: other Windows
programs will not be aware of the property definitions. 

\section{CORBA and other Interfaces}
\index{CORBA}\index{COM}\index{Interfaces!CORBA}
COM is not the only architecture where interfaces are used. CORBA knows
interfaces, UNO (the OpenOffice API) uses interfaces, and Java as well.
These languages do not know the \var{IUnknown} interface used as the basis of
all interfaces in COM. It would therefore be a bad idea if an interface
automatically descended from \var{IUnknown} if no parent interface was
specified. Therefore, a directive \var{\{\$INTERFACES\}} was introduced in
 \fpc: it specifies what the parent interface is of an interface, declared
without parent. More information about this directive can be found in the
\progref.

Note that COM interfaces are by default reference counted, because they 
descend from \var{IUnknown}.\index{Types!Reference counted}

Corba interfaces are identified by a simple string so they are assignment 
compatible with strings and not with \var{TGUID}. The compiler does not do 
any automatic reference counting for the CORBA interfaces, so the programmer 
is responsible for any reference bookkeeping.

\section{Reference counting}
All COM interfaces use reference counting.  This means that whenever an
interface is assigned to a variable, it's reference count is updated.
Whenever the variable goes out of scope, the reference count is
automatically decreased. When the reference count reaches zero, usually the
instance of the class that implements the interface, is freed.

Care must be taken with this mechanism. The compiler may or may not create
temporary variables when evaluating expressions, and assign the interface
to a temporary variable, and only then assign the temporary variable to 
the actual result variable. No assumptions should be made about the number
of temporary variables or the time when they are finalized - this may 
(and indeed does) differ from the way other compilers (e.g. Delphi) handle
expressions with interfaces. e.g. a type cast is also an expression:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  B : AClass;

begin
  // ...
  AInterface(B.intf).testproc;
  // ...
end;
\end{verbatim}
Assume the interface \var{intf} is reference counted. When the compiler 
evaluates B.Intf, it creates a temporary variable. This variable may be 
released only when the procedure exits: it is therefor invalid to e.g. 
free the instance B prior to the exit of the procedure, since when the 
temporary variable is finalized, it will attempt to free B again.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Generics
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Generics}
\label{ch:generics}
\index{Generics}
\section{Introduction}
Generics are templates for generating classes. It is a concept that
comes from C++, where it is deeply integrated in the language. As of
version 2.2, Free Pascal also officially has support for templates or
Generics. They are implemented as a kind of macro which is stored in the
unit files that the compiler generates, and which is replayed as soon
as a generic class is specialized.

Currently, only generic classes can be defined. Later, support for
generic records, functions and arrays may be introduced.

Creating and using generics is a 2-phase process.
\begin{enumerate}
\item The definition of the generic class is defined as a new type: 
this is a code template, a macro which can be replayed by the compiler 
at a later stage.
\item A generic class is specialized: this defines a second class,
which is a specific implementation of the generic class: the compiler
replays the macro which was stored when the generic class was defined.
\end{enumerate}

\section{Generic class definition}
A generic class definition is much like a class definition, with the
exception that it contains a list of placeholders for types, and can 
contain a series of local variable blocks or local type blocks, as can be
seen in the following syntax diagram:
\input{syntax/generic.syn}
The generic class declaration should be followed by a class implementation.
It is the same as a normal class implementation with a single exception,
namely that any identifier with the same name as one of the template
identifiers must be a type identifier.

The generic class declaration is much like a normal class declaration, 
except for the local variable and local type block. The local type block
defines types that are type placeholders: they are not actualized until
the class is specialized.

The local variable block is just an alternate syntax for ordinary class fields.
The reason for introducing is the introduction of the \var{Type} block: just
as in a unit or function declaration, a class declaration can now have a
local type and variable block definition.

The following is a valid generic class definition:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  generic TList<_T>=class(TObject)
    type public
       TCompareFunc = function(const Item1, Item2: _T): Integer;
    var public
      data : _T;
    procedure Add(item: _T);
    procedure Sort(compare: TCompareFunc);
  end;
\end{verbatim}
This class could be followed by an implementation as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
procedure TList.Add(item: _T);
begin
  data:=item;
end;

procedure TList.Sort(compare: TCompareFunc);
begin
  if compare(data, 20) <= 0 then
    halt(1);
end;
\end{verbatim}
There are some noteworthy things about this declaration and implementation:
\begin{enumerate}
\item There is a single placeholder \var{\_T}. It will be substituted by a
type identifier when the generic class is specialized. The identifier
\var{\_T} may not be used for anything else than a placehoder. This means
that the following would be invalid:
\begin{verbatim}
procedure TList.Sort(compare: TCompareFunc);

Var
  _t : integer;

begin
  // do something.
end;
\end{verbatim}
\item The local type block contains a single type \var{TCompareFunc}. Note
that the actual type is not yet known inside the generic class definition:
the definition contains a reference to the placeholder \var{\_T}. All other
identifier references must be known when the generic class is defined, {\em not}
when the generic class is specialized.
\item The local variable block is equivalent to the following:
\begin{verbatim}
  generic TList<_T>=class(TObject)
    type public
       TCompareFunc = function(const Item1, Item2: _T): Integer;
  Public  
    data : _T;
    procedure Add(item: _T);
    procedure Sort(compare: TCompareFunc);
  end;
\end{verbatim}
\item Both the local variable block and local type block have a visibility
specifier. This is optional; if it is omitted, the current visibility is
used.
\end{enumerate}

\section{Generic class specialization}
Once a generic class is defined, it can be used to generate other classes:
this is like replaying the definition of the class, with the template
placeholders filled in with actual type definitions.

This can be done in any \var{Type} definition block. The specialized type
looks as follows:
\input{syntax/specialize.syn}
Which is a very simple definition. Given the declaration of \var{TList} in
the previous section, the following would be a valid type definition:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  TPointerList = specialize TList<Pointer>;
  TIntegerList = specialize TList<Integer>;
\end{verbatim}
The following is not allowed:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  P : specialize TList<Pointer>;  
\end{verbatim}
that is, a variable cannot be directly declared using a specialization.

The type in the specialize statement must be known. Given the 2 generic
class definitions:
\begin{verbatim}
type 
  Generic TMyFirstType<T1> = Class(TMyObject);
  Generic TMySecondType<T2> = Class(TMyOtherObject);
\end{verbatim}
Then the following specialization is not valid:
\begin{verbatim}
type
  TMySpecialType = specialize TMySecondType<TMyFirstType>;
\end{verbatim}
because the type \var{TMyFirstType} is a generic type, and thus
not fully defined. However, the following is allowed:
\begin{verbatim}
type
  TA = specialize TMyFirstType<Atype>;
  TB = specialize TMySecondType<TA>;
\end{verbatim}
because \var{TA} is already fully defined when \var{TB} is specialized.

Note that 2 specializations of a generic type with the same types in a
placeholder are not assignment compatible. In the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
type
  TA = specialize TList<Pointer>;
  TB = specialize TList<Pointer>;
\end{verbatim}
variables of types \var{TA} and \var{TB} cannot be assigned to each other,
i.e the following assignment will be invalid:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A : TA;
  B : TB;

begin
  A:=B;
\end{verbatim}

\begin{remark}
It is not possible to make a forward definition of a generic class. The
compiler will generate an error if a forward declaration of a class is
later defined as a generic specialization.
\end{remark}

\section{A word about scope}
It should be stressed that all identifiers other than the template placeholders
should be known when the generic class is declared. This works in 2 ways.
First, all types must be known, that is, a type identifier with the same name
must exist. The following unit will produce an error:
\begin{verbatim}
unit myunit;

interface

type 
  Generic TMyClass<T> = Class(TObject)
    Procedure DoSomething(A : T; B : TSomeType);
  end;

Type
  TSomeType = Integer;
  TSomeTypeClass = specialize TMyClass<TSomeType>;

Implementation

Procedure TMyClass.DoSomething(A : T; B : TSomeType);

begin
  // Some code.
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
The above code will result in an error, because the type \var{TSomeType} is
not known when the declaration is parsed:
\begin{verbatim}
home: >fpc myunit.pp
myunit.pp(8,47) Error: Identifier not found "TSomeType"
myunit.pp(11,1) Fatal: There were 1 errors compiling module, stopping
\end{verbatim}

The second way in which this is visible, is the following. Assume a unit
\begin{verbatim}
unit mya;

interface

type
  Generic TMyClass<T> = Class(TObject)
    Procedure DoSomething(A : T);
  end;


Implementation

Procedure DoLocalThings;

begin
  Writeln('mya.DoLocalThings');
end;


Procedure TMyClass.DoSomething(A : T);

begin
  DoLocalThings;
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
and a program 
\begin{verbatim}
program myb;

uses mya;

procedure DoLocalThings;

begin
  Writeln('myb.DoLocalThings');
end;

Type
  TB = specialize TMyClass<Integer>;

Var
  B : TB;

begin
  B:=TB.Create;
  B.DoSomething(1);
end.
\end{verbatim}
Despite the fact that generics act as a macro which is replayed at
specialization time, the reference to \var{DoLocalThings} is resolved
when \var{TMyClass} is defined, not when TB is defined. This means that the
output of the program is:
\begin{verbatim}
home: >fpc -S2 myb.pp
home: >myb
mya.DoLocalThings
\end{verbatim}
This is dictated by safety and necessity:
\begin{enumerate}
\item A programmer specializing a class has no way of knowing which local
procedures are used, so he cannot accidentally 'override' it.
\item A programmer specializing a class has no way of knowing which local
procedures are used, so he cannot implement it either, since he does not
know the parameters.
\item If implementation procedures are used as in the example above, they 
cannot be referenced from outside the unit. They could be in another unit
altogether, and the programmer has no way of knowing he should include them
before specializing his class.
\end{enumerate}

%\section{Operator overloading and generics}
%Operator overloading and generics are closely related. Imagine a generic
%class that has the following definition:
%\begin{verbatim}
%unit mya;
%
%interface
%
%type
%  Generic TMyClass<T> = Class(TObject)
%    Function Add(A,B : T) : T;
%  end;
%
%
%Implementation
%
%Function TMyClass.Add(A,B : T) : T;
%
%begin
%  Result:=A+B;
%end;
%
%end.
%\end{verbatim}
%When the compiler replays the generics macro, the addition must be possible.
%For a specialization like this:
%\begin{verbatim}
%TMyIntegerClass = specialize TMyClass<integer>;
%\end{verbatim}
%This is not a problem, as the \var{Add} method would become:
%\begin{verbatim}
%Procedure TMyIntegerClass.Add(A,B : Integer) : Integer;
%
%begin
%  Result:=A+B;
%end;
%\end{verbatim}
%The compiler knows how to add 2 integers, so this code will compile without
%problems. But the following code:
%\begin{verbatim}
%Type
%  TComplex = record
%   Re,Im : Double;
%  end;
%
%Type
%  TMyIntegerClass = specialize TMyClass<TComplex>;
%\end{verbatim}
%Will not compile, unless the addition of 2 \var{TComplex} types is defined.
%Luckily, this can be done using operator overloading.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Expressions
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Expressions}
\label{ch:Expressions}
\index{Expressions}
Expressions occur in assignments or in tests. Expressions produce a value
of a certain type.
Expressions are built with two components: Operators and their operands.
Usually an operator is binary, i.e. it requires 2 operands. Binary operators
occur always between the operands (as in \var{X/Y}). Sometimes an
operator is unary, i.e. it requires only one argument. A unary operator
occurs always before the operand, as in \var{-X}.

When using multiple operands in an expression, the precedence rules of
\seet{OperatorPrecedence} are used.\index{Operators} 
\begin{FPCltable}{lll}{Precedence of operators}{OperatorPrecedence}
Operator & Precedence & Category \\ \hline
\var{Not, @} & Highest (first) & Unary operators\\
\var{* / div mod and shl shr as << >>} & Second & Multiplying operators\\
\var{+ - or xor} & Third & Adding operators \\
\var{< <> < > <= >= in is} & Lowest (Last) & relational operators \\
\hline
\end{FPCltable}
When determining the precedence, the compiler uses the following rules:
\begin{enumerate}
\item In operations with unequal precedences the operands belong to the
operater with the highest precedence. For example, in \var{5*3+7}, the
multiplication is higher in precedence than the addition, so it is
executed first. The result would be 22.
\item If parentheses are used in an expression, their contents is evaluated
first. Thus, \var {5*(3+7)} would result in 50.
\end{enumerate}

\begin{remark}
The order in which expressions of the same precedence are evaluated is not
guaranteed to be left-to-right. In general, no assumptions on which expression
is evaluated first should be made in such a case.
The compiler will decide which expression to evaluate first based on
optimization rules. Thus, in the following expression:
\begin{verbatim}
  a := g(3) + f(2);
\end{verbatim}
\var{f(2)} may be executed before \var{g(3)}. This behaviour is distinctly
different from \delphi{} or \tp{}.

If one expression {\em must} be executed before the other, it is necessary
to split up the statement using temporary results:
\begin{verbatim}
  e1 := g(3);
  a  := e1 + f(2);
\end{verbatim}
\end{remark}

\begin{remark}
The exponentiation operator (\var{**}) is available for overloading, but is
not defined on any of the standard Pascal types (floats and/or integers).
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Expression syntax
\section{Expression syntax}
An expression applies relational operators to simple expressions. Simple
expressions are a series of terms (what a term is, is explained below), joined by
adding operators.
\input{syntax/expsimpl.syn}
The following are valid expressions:
\begin{verbatim}
GraphResult<>grError
(DoItToday=Yes) and (DoItTomorrow=No);
Day in Weekend
\end{verbatim}
And here are some simple expressions:
\begin{verbatim}
A + B
-Pi
ToBe or NotToBe
\end{verbatim}
Terms consist of factors, connected by multiplication operators.
\input{syntax/expterm.syn}
Here are some valid terms:
\begin{verbatim}
2 * Pi
A Div B
(DoItToday=Yes) and (DoItTomorrow=No);
\end{verbatim}
Factors are all other constructions:
\input{syntax/expfact.syn}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Function calls
\section{Function calls}
Function calls are part of expressions (although, using extended syntax,
they can be statements too). They are constructed as follows:
\input{syntax/fcall.syn}
The \synt{variable reference} must be a procedural type variable reference.
A method designator can only be used inside the method of an object. A
qualified method designator can be used outside object methods too.
The function that will get called is the function with a declared parameter
list that matches the actual parameter list. This means that
\begin{enumerate}
\item The number of actual parameters must equal the number of declared
parameters (unless default parameter values are used).
\item The types of the parameters must be compatible. For variable
reference parameters, the parameter types must be exactly the same.
\end{enumerate}
If no matching function is found, then the compiler will generate an error.
Which error depends - among other things - on whether the function is overloaded
or not: i.e. multiple functions with the same name, but different parameter
lists.

There are cases when the compiler will not execute the function call in an
expression. This is the case when assigning a value to a procedural
type variable, as in the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  FuncType = Function: Integer;
Var A : Integer;
Function AddOne : Integer;
begin
  A := A+1;
  AddOne := A;
end;
Var F : FuncType;
    N : Integer;
begin
  A := 0;
  F := AddOne; { Assign AddOne to F, Don't call AddOne}
  N := AddOne; { N := 1 !!}
end.
\end{verbatim}
In the above listing, the assigment to \var{F} will not cause the function
\var{AddOne} to be called. The assignment to \var{N}, however, will call
\var{AddOne}. 

A problem with this syntax is the following construction:
\begin{verbatim}
If F = AddOne Then
  DoSomethingHorrible;
\end{verbatim}
Should the compiler compare the addresses of \var{F} and \var{AddOne},
or should it call both functions, and compare the result? \fpc solves this
by deciding that a procedural variable is equivalent to a pointer. Thus the
compiler will give a type mismatch error, since \var{AddOne} is considered a
call to a function with integer result, and \var{F} is a pointer, hence a type
mismatch occurs.

How then, should one check whether \var{F} points to the function
\var{AddOne}? To do this, one should use the address operator \var{@}:
\begin{verbatim}
If F = @AddOne Then
  WriteLn ('Functions are equal');
\end{verbatim}
The left hand side of the boolean expression is an address. The right hand
side also, and so the compiler compares 2 addresses.
How to compare the values that both functions return ? By adding an empty
parameter list:
\begin{verbatim}
  If F()=Addone then
    WriteLn ('Functions return same values ');
\end{verbatim}
Remark that this behaviour is not compatible with \delphi syntax. 
Switching on \var{Delphi} mode will allow you to use \delphi syntax.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Set constructors
\section{Set constructors}
\index{Constructor}
When a set-type constant must be entered in an expression, a
set constructor must be given. In essence this is the same thing as when a
type is defined, only there is no identifier to identify the set with.
A set constructor is a comma separated list of expressions, enclosed in
square brackets.
\input{syntax/setconst.syn}
All set groups and set elements must be of the same ordinal type.
The empty set is denoted by \var{[]}, and it can be assigned to any type of
set. A set group with a range  \var{[A..Z]} makes all values in the range a
set element. 
The following are valid set constructors:
\begin{verbatim}
[today,tomorrow]
[Monday..Friday,Sunday]
[ 2, 3*2, 6*2, 9*2 ]
['A'..'Z','a'..'z','0'..'9']
\end{verbatim}
\begin{remark}
If the first range specifier has a bigger ordinal value than
the second, the resulting set will be empty, e.g., \var{['Z'..'A']} 
denotes an empty set. One should be careful when denoting a range.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Value typecasts
\section{Value typecasts}
\index{Typecast}\index{Typecast!Value}
Sometimes it is necessary to change the type of an expression, or a part of
the expression, to be able to be assignment compatible. This is done through
a value typecast. The syntax diagram for a value typecast is as follows:
\input{syntax/tcast.syn}
Value typecasts cannot be used on the left side of assignments, as variable
typecasts.
Here are some valid typecasts:
\begin{verbatim}
Byte('A')
Char(48)
boolean(1)
longint(@Buffer)
\end{verbatim}
In general, the type size of the expression and the size of the type cast 
must be the same. However, for ordinal types (byte, char, word, boolean,
enumerateds) this is not so, they can be used interchangeably. 
That is, the following will work, although the sizes do not match.
\begin{verbatim}
Integer('A');
Char(4875);
boolean(100);
Word(@Buffer);
\end{verbatim}
This is compatible with \delphi or \tp behaviour.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Variable typecasts
\section{Variable typecasts}
\index{Typecast}\index{Typecast!Variable}
A variable can be considered a single factor in an expression. It can
therefore be typecast as well. A variable can be typecast to any type,
provided the type has the same size as the original variable. 

It is a bad idea to typecast integer types to real types and vice versa.
It's better to rely on type assignment compatibility and using some of the
standard type changing functions.

Note that variable typecasts can occur on either side of an assignment,
i.e. the following are both valid typecasts:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C : Char;
  B : Byte;

begin
  B:=Byte(C);
  Char(B):=C;
end;
\end{verbatim}
Pointer variables can be typecasted to procedural types, but not
to method pointers.

A typecast is an expression of the given type, which means the
typecast can be followed by a qualifier:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  TWordRec = Packed Record
    L,H : Byte;
  end;

Var
  P : Pointer;
  W : Word;
  S : String;

begin
  TWordRec(W).L:=$FF;
  TWordRec(W).H:=0;
  S:=TObject(P).ClassName;
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% aligned typecasts
\section{Unaligned typecasts}
\index{Typecast}\index{Typecast!Unaligned}
A special typecast is the \var{Unaligned} typecast of a variable or
expression. This is not a real typecast, but is rather a hint for the 
compiler that the expression may be misaligned (i.e. not on an aligned
memory address). Some processors do not allow direct access to misaligned
data structures, and therefor must access the data byte per byte.

Typecasting an expression with the unaligned keyword signals the compiler
that it should access the data byte per byte.

Example:
\begin{verbatim}
program me;

Var
  A : packed Array[1..20] of Byte;
  I : LongInt;

begin
  For I:=1 to 20 do
    A[i]:=I;
  I:=PInteger(Unaligned(@A[13]))^;
end.
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The @ operator
\section{The @ operator}
\index{Operators}\index{Address}
The address operator \var{@} returns the address of a variable, procedure
or function. It is used as follows:
\input{syntax/address.syn}
The \var{@} operator returns a typed pointer if the \var{\$T} switch is on.
If the \var{\$T} switch is off then the address operator returns an untyped
pointer, which is assigment compatible with all pointer types. The type of
the pointer is \var{\^{}T}, where \var{T} is the type of the variable
reference.
For example, the following will compile
\begin{verbatim}
Program tcast;
{$T-} { @ returns untyped pointer }

Type art = Array[1..100] of byte;
Var Buffer : longint;
    PLargeBuffer : ^art;

begin
 PLargeBuffer := @Buffer;
end.
\end{verbatim}
Changing the \var{\{\$T-\}} to \var{\{\$T+\}} will prevent the compiler from
compiling this. It will give a type mismatch error.

By default, the address operator returns an untyped pointer: applying 
the address operator to a function, method, or procedure identifier 
will give a pointer to the entry point of that function. 
The result is an untyped pointer.

This means that the following will work:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure MyProc;

begin
end;

Var
  P : PChar;
 
begin
  P:=@MyProc;
end; 
\end{verbatim}
By default, the address operator must be used if a value must be assigned
to a procedural type variable. This behaviour can be avoided by using the
\var{-Mtp} or \var{-MDelphi} switches, which result in a more compatible 
\delphi or \tp syntax.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Operators
\section{Operators}
\index{Operators}
Operators can be classified according to the type of expression they
operate on. We will discuss them type by type.
%
\subsection{Arithmetic operators}
\index{Operators!Arithmetic}
Arithmetic operators occur in arithmetic operations, i.e. in expressions
that contain integers or reals. There are 2 kinds of operators : Binary and
unary arithmetic operators.
Binary operators are listed in \seet{binaroperators}, unary operators are
listed in \seet{unaroperators}.
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Binary arithmetic operators}{binaroperators}
Operator & Operation \\ \hline
\var{+} & Addition\\
\var{-} & Subtraction\\
\var{*} & Multiplication \\
\var{/} & Division \\
\var{Div} & Integer division \\
\var{Mod} & Remainder \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
With the exception of \var{Div} and \var{Mod}, which accept only integer
expressions as operands, all operators accept real and integer expressions as
operands.

For binary operators, the result type will be integer if both operands are
integer type expressions. If one of the operands is a real type expression,
then the result is real.

As an exception, division (\var{/}) results always in real values.
\index{Operators!Unary}
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Unary arithmetic operators}{unaroperators}
Operator & Operation \\ \hline
\var{+} & Sign identity\\
\var{-} & Sign inversion \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}

For unary operators, the result type is always equal to the expression type.
The division (\var{/}) and \var{Mod} operator will cause run-time errors if
the second argument is zero.

The sign of the result of a \var{Mod} operator is the same as the sign of
the left side operand of the \var{Mod} operator. In fact, the \var{Mod}
operator is equivalent to the following operation :
\begin{verbatim}
  I mod J = I - (I div J) * J
\end{verbatim}
But it executes faster than the right hand side expression.
%
\subsection{Logical operators}
\index{Operators!Logical} \keywordlink{not} \keywordlink{and}
\keywordlink{or} \keywordlink{xor} \keywordlink{shl} \keywordlink{shr}
Logical operators act on the individual bits of ordinal expressions.
Logical operators require operands that are of an integer type, and produce
an integer type result. The possible logical operators are listed in
\seet{logicoperations}.
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Logical operators}{logicoperations}
Operator & Operation \\ \hline
\var{not} & Bitwise negation (unary) \\
\var{and} & Bitwise and \\
\var{or}  & Bitwise or \\
\var{xor} & Bitwise xor \\
\var{shl} & Bitwise shift to the left \\
\var{shr} & Bitwise shift to the right \\ \hline
\var{<<} & Bitwise shift to the left (same as shl)\\
\var{>>} & Bitwise shift to the right (same as shr) \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
The following are valid logical expressions:
\begin{verbatim}
A shr 1  { same as A div 2, but faster}
Not 1    { equals -2 }
Not 0    { equals -1 }
Not -1   { equals 0  }
B shl 2  { same as B * 4 for integers }
1 or 2   { equals 3 }
3 xor 1  { equals 2 }
\end{verbatim}
%
\subsection{Boolean operators}
\index{Operators!Boolean}
Boolean operators can be considered logical operations on a type with 1 bit
size. Therefore the \var{shl} and \var{shr} operations have little sense.
Boolean operators can only have boolean type operands, and the resulting
type is always boolean. The possible operators are listed in
\seet{booleanoperators}
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Boolean operators}{booleanoperators}
Operator & Operation \\ \hline
\var{not} & logical negation (unary) \\
\var{and} & logical and \\
\var{or}  & logical or \\
\var{xor} & logical xor \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
\begin{remark} By default, boolean expressions are evaluated with short-circuit
evaluation. This means that from the moment the result of the complete
expression is known, evaluation is stopped and the result is returned.
For instance, in the following expression:
\begin{verbatim}
 B := True or MaybeTrue;
\end{verbatim}
The compiler will never look at the value of \var{MaybeTrue}, since it is
obvious that the expression will always be \var{True}. As a result of this
strategy, if \var{MaybeTrue} is a function, it will not get called !
(This can have surprising effects when used in conjunction with properties)
\end{remark}
%
\subsection{String operators}
\index{Operators!String}
There is only one string operator: \var{+}. Its action is to concatenate
the contents of the two strings (or characters) it acts on.
One cannot use \var{+} to concatenate null-terminated (\var{PChar}) strings.
The following are valid string operations:
\begin{verbatim}
  'This is ' + 'VERY ' + 'easy !'
  Dirname+'\'
\end{verbatim}
The following is not:
\begin{verbatim}
Var 
  Dirname = Pchar;
...
  Dirname := Dirname+'\';
\end{verbatim}
Because \var{Dirname} is a null-terminated string.

Note that if all strings in a string expressions are short strings, the
resulting string is also a short string. Thus, a truncation may occur:
there is no automatic upscaling to ansistring.

If all strings in a string expression are ansistrings, then the result is an
ansistring.

If the expression contains a mix of ansistrings and shortstrings, the result
is an ansistring.

The value of the \var{\{\$H\}} switch can be used to control the type of
constant strings; By default, they are short strings (and thus limited to
255 characters).

%
\subsection{Set operators}
\label{se:setoperators}
\index{Operators!Set}
The following operations on sets can be performed with operators:
Union, difference, symmetric difference, inclusion and intersection.
Elements can be aded or removed from the set with the \var{Include} or
\var{Exclude} operators. The operators needed for this are listed
in \seet{setoperators}.
\keywordlink{in}
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Set operators}{setoperators}
Operator & Action \\ \hline
\var{+} & Union \\
\var{-} & Difference \\
\var{*} & Intersection \\ 
\var{$><$} & Symmetric difference \\ 
\var{$<=$} & Contains \\
\var{include} & include an element in the set\\
\var{exclude} & exclude an element from the set\\ 
\var{in} & check wether an element is in a set\\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
The set type of the operands must be the same, or an error will be
generated by the compiler.

The following program gives some valid examples of set operations:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  Day = (mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat,sun);
  Days = set of Day;

Procedure PrintDays(W : Days);
Const
  DayNames : array [Day] of String[3]
           = ('mon','tue','wed','thu',
              'fri','sat','sun');
Var
  D : Day;
  S : String;
begin
  S:='';
  For D:=Mon to Sun do
    if D in W then
      begin
      If (S<>'') then S:=S+',';
      S:=S+DayNames[D];
      end;
  Writeln('[',S,']');
end;

Var
  W : Days;

begin
   W:=[mon,tue]+[wed,thu,fri]; // equals [mon,tue,wed,thu,fri]
   PrintDays(W);
   W:=[mon,tue,wed]-[wed];     // equals [mon,tue]
   PrintDays(W);
   W:=[mon,tue,wed]-[wed,thu];     // also equals [mon,tue]
   PrintDays(W);
   W:=[mon,tue,wed]*[wed,thu,fri]; // equals [wed]
   PrintDays(W);
   W:=[mon,tue,wed]><[wed,thu,fri]; // equals [mon,tue,thu,fri]
   PrintDays(W);
end. 
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen, the union is equivalent to a binary OR, while the
intersection is equivalent to a binary AND, and the summetric difference
equals a XOR operation.

The \var{Include} and \var{Exclude} operations are equivalent to a union
or a difference with a set of 1 element. Thus,
\begin{verbatim}
  Include(W,wed);
\end{verbatim}
is equivalent to 
\begin{verbatim}
  W:=W+[wed];
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
  Exclude(W,wed);
\end{verbatim}
is equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
  W:=W-[wed];
\end{verbatim}

The \var{In} operation results in a \var{True} if the left operand
(an element) is included of the right operand (a set), the result
will be \var{False} otherwise.

%
\subsection{Relational operators}
\index{Operators!Relational}
The relational operators are listed in \seet{relationoperators}
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Relational operators}{relationoperators}
Operator & Action \\ \hline
\var{=} & Equal \\
\var{<>} & Not equal \\
\var{<} & Stricty less than\\
\var{>} & Strictly greater than\\
\var{<=} & Less than or equal \\
\var{>=} & Greater than or equal \\
\var{in} & Element of \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}
Normally, left and right operands must be of the same type. There are some
notable exceptions, where the compiler can handle mixed expressions:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Integer and real types can be mixed in relational expressions.
\item If the operator is overloaded, and an overloaded version exists whose
arguments types match the types in the expression.
\item Short-, Ansi- and widestring types can be mixed.
\end{enumerate}
Comparing strings is done on the basis of their character code representation.

When comparing pointers, the addresses to which they point are compared.
This also is true for \var{PChar} type pointers. To compare the strings
the \var{Pchar} point to, the \var{StrComp} function
from the \file{strings} unit must be used.
The \var{in} returns \var{True} if the left operand (which must have the same
ordinal type as the set type, and which must be in the range 0..255) is an 
element of the set which is the right operand, otherwise it returns \var{False}

\subsection{Class operators}
Class operators are slightly different from the operators above in the sense
that they can only be used in class expressions which return a class. There
are only 2 class operators, as can be seen in \seet{classoperators}.
\keywordlink{as} \keywordlink{is}
\begin{FPCltable}{ll}{Class operators}{classoperators}
Operator & Action \\ \hline
\var{is} & Checks class type \\
\var{as} & Conditional typecast \\
\end{FPCltable}
An expression containing the \var{is} operator results in a boolean type.
The \var{is} operator can only be used with a class reference or a class
instance. The usage of this operator is as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
 Object is Class
\end{verbatim}
This expression is completely equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
 Object.InheritsFrom(Class)
\end{verbatim}
If \var{Object} is \var{Nil}, \var{False} will be returned.

The following are examples:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A : TObject;
  B : TClass;

begin
  if A is TComponent then ;
  If A is B then; 
end;
\end{verbatim}

The \var{as} operator performs a conditional typecast. It results in an
expression that has the type of the class:
\begin{verbatim}
  Object as Class
\end{verbatim}
This is equivalent to the following statements:
\begin{verbatim}
  If Object=Nil then
    Result:=Nil
  else if Object is Class then
    Result:=Class(Object)
  else
    Raise Exception.Create(SErrInvalidTypeCast);
\end{verbatim}
Note that if the object is \var{nil}, the \var{as} operator does not
generate an exception.

The following are some examples of the use of the \var{as} operator:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C : TComponent;
  O : TObject; 

begin
  (C as TEdit).Text:='Some text';
  C:=O as TComponent;
end;
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Statements
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Statements}
\label{ch:Statements}\index{Statements}
The heart of each algorithm are the actions it takes. These actions are
contained in the statements of a program or unit. Each statement can be
labeled and jumped to (within certain limits) with \var{Goto} statements.
This can be seen in the following syntax diagram:
\input{syntax/statement.syn}
A label can be an identifier or an integer digit.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Simple statements
\section{Simple statements}
\index{Statements!Simple}
A simple statement cannot be decomposed in separate statements. There are
basically 4 kinds of simple statements:
\input{syntax/simstate.syn}
Of these statements, the {\em raise statement} will be explained in the
chapter on Exceptions (\seec{Exceptions})

\subsection{Assignments}
\index{Statements!Assignment}
Assignments give a value to a variable, replacing any previous value the
variable might have had:
\input{syntax/assign.syn}
In addition to the standard Pascal assignment operator (\var{ := }), which
simply replaces the value of the varable with the value resulting from the
expression on the right of the { := } operator, \fpc
supports some C-style constructions. All available constructs are listed in
\seet{assignments}.
\begin{FPCltable}{lr}{Allowed C constructs in \fpc}{assignments}
Assignment & Result \\ \hline
a += b & Adds \var{b} to \var{a}, and stores the result in \var{a}.\\
a -= b & Substracts \var{b} from \var{a}, and stores the result in
\var{a}. \\
a *= b & Multiplies \var{a} with \var{b}, and stores the result in
\var{a}. \\
a /= b & Divides \var{a} through \var{b}, and stores the result in
\var{a}. \\ \hline
\end{FPCltable}

For these constructs to work, the \var{-Sc} command-line switch must
be specified.

\begin{remark}
These constructions are just for typing convenience, they
don't generate different code.
Here are some examples of valid assignment statements:
\begin{verbatim}
X := X+Y;
X+=Y;      { Same as X := X+Y, needs -Sc command line switch}
X/=2;      { Same as X := X/2, needs -Sc command line switch}
Done := False;
Weather := Good;
MyPi := 4* Tan(1);
\end{verbatim}
\end{remark}

Keeping in mind that the dereferencing of a typed pointer results
in a variable of the type the pointer points to, the following are
also valid assignments:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  L : ^Longint;
  P : PPChar; 

begin
  L^:=3;
  P^^:='A';
\end{verbatim}
Note the double dereferencing in the second assignment.
\subsection{Procedure statements}
\index{Statements!Procedure} 
Procedure statements are calls to subroutines. There are
different possibilities for procedure calls: 
\begin{itemize}
\item A normal procedure call.
\item An object method call (fully qualified or not).
\item Or even a call to a procedural type variable.
\end{itemize} 
All types are present in the following diagram:
\input{syntax/procedure.syn}
The \fpc compiler will look for a procedure with the same name as given in
the procedure statement, and with a declared parameter list that matches the
actual parameter list.
The following are valid procedure statements:
\begin{verbatim}
Usage;
WriteLn('Pascal is an easy language !');
Doit();
\end{verbatim}
\begin{remark}
When looking for a function that matches the parameter list of the call, 
the parameter types should be assignment-compatible for value and const
parameters, and should match exactly for parameters that are passed by
reference.
\end{remark}

\subsection{Goto statements}
\index{Statements!Goto}\keywordlink{goto}
\fpc supports the \var{goto} jump statement. Its prototype syntax is
\input{syntax/goto.syn}
When using \var{goto} statements, the following must be kept in mind:
\begin{enumerate}
\item The jump label must be defined in the same block as the \var{Goto}
statement.
\item Jumping from outside a loop to the inside of a loop or vice versa can
 have strange effects.
\item To be able to use the \var{Goto} statement, the \var{-Sg} compiler
switch must be used, or \var{\{\$GOTO ON\}} must be used.
\end{enumerate}
\var{Goto} statements are considered bad practice and should be avoided as
much as possible. It is always possible to replace a \var{goto} statement by a
construction that doesn't need a \var{goto}, although this construction may
not be as clear as a goto statement.
For instance, the following is an allowed goto statement:
\begin{verbatim}
label
  jumpto;
...
Jumpto :
  Statement;
...
Goto jumpto;
...
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Structured statements
\section{Structured statements}
\index{Statements!Structured}
Structured statements can be broken into smaller simple statements, which
should be executed repeatedly, conditionally  or sequentially:
\input{syntax/struct.syn}
Conditional statements come in 2 flavours :
\input{syntax/conditio.syn}
Repetitive statements come in 3 flavours:
\input{syntax/repetiti.syn}
The following sections deal with each of these statements.

\subsection{Compound statements}
\index{Statements!Compound}
\keywordlink{begin} \keywordlink{end}
Compound statements are a group of statements, separated by semicolons,
that are surrounded by the keywords \var{Begin} and \var{End}. The
last statement - before the \var{End} keyword - doesn't need to be followed by a semicolon, although it is
allowed. A compound statement is a way of grouping statements together,
executing the statements sequentially. They are treated as one statement
in cases where Pascal syntax expects 1 statement, such as in
\var{if...then...else} statements.
\input{syntax/compound.syn}

\subsection{The \var{Case} statement}
\index{Statements!Case}\index{Case}\keywordlink{case}
\fpc supports the \var{case} statement. Its syntax diagram is
\input{syntax/case.syn}
The constants appearing in the various case parts must be known at
compile-time, and can be of the following types : enumeration types,
Ordinal types (except boolean), and chars. The case expression must be also of
this type, or a compiler error will occur. All case constants must
have the same type.

The compiler will evaluate the case expression. If one of the case
constants' value matches the value of the expression, the statement that follows
this constant is executed. After that, the program continues after the final
\var{end}. \keywordlink{else} \keywordlink{otherwise}

If none of the case constants match the expression value, the statement
list after the \var{else} \index{else} or \var{otherwise}\index{otherwise} 
keyword is executed. This can be an empty statement list.
If no else part is present, and no case constant matches the expression
value, program flow continues after the final \var{end}.

The case statements can be compound statements (i.e. a \var{Begin..End} block).

\begin{remark}
Contrary to \tp, duplicate case labels are not
allowed in \fpc, so the following code will generate an error when
compiling:
\begin{verbatim}
Var i : integer;
...
Case i of
 3 : DoSomething;
 1..5 : DoSomethingElse;
end;
\end{verbatim}
The compiler will generate a \var{Duplicate case label} error when compiling
this, because the 3 also appears (implicitly) in the range \var{1..5}. This
is similar to Delphi syntax.
\end{remark}
The following are valid case statements:
\begin{verbatim}
Case C of
 'a' : WriteLn ('A pressed');
 'b' : WriteLn ('B pressed');
 'c' : WriteLn ('C pressed');
else
  WriteLn ('unknown letter pressed : ',C);
end;
\end{verbatim}
Or
\begin{verbatim}
Case C of
 'a','e','i','o','u' : WriteLn ('vowel pressed');
 'y' : WriteLn ('This one depends on the language');
else
  WriteLn ('Consonant pressed');
end;
\end{verbatim}
\begin{verbatim}
Case Number of
 1..10   : WriteLn ('Small number');
 11..100 : WriteLn ('Normal, medium number');
else
 WriteLn ('HUGE number');
end;
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{The \var{If..then..else} statement}
\index{Statements!if}\index{If}\index{then}\index{else}\keywordlink{if}\keywordlink{then}\keywordlink{else}
The \var{If .. then .. else..} prototype syntax is
\input{syntax/ifthen.syn}
The expression between the \var{if} and \var{then} keywords must have a
\var{Boolean} result type. If the expression evaluates to \var{True} then the
statement following the \var{then} keyword is executed.

If the expression evaluates to \var{False}, then the statement following
the \var{else} keyword is executed, if it is present.

Some points to note:
\begin{itemize}
\item 
Be aware of the fact that the boolean expression by default will be 
short-cut evaluated, meaning that the evaluation will be stopped at 
the point where the  outcome is known with certainty.
\item
Also, before the \var {else} keyword,  no semicolon (\var{;}) is allowed,
but all statements can be compound statements.
\item
In nested \var{If.. then .. else} constructs, some ambiguity may araise as
to which  \var{else} statement pairs with which \var{if} statement. The rule
is that the \var{else } keyword matches the first \var{if} keyword
(searching backwards) not already matched by an \var{else} keyword.
\end{itemize}
For example:
\begin{verbatim}
If exp1 Then
  If exp2 then
    Stat1
else
  stat2;
\end{verbatim}
Despite its appearance, the statement is syntactically equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
If exp1 Then
   begin
   If exp2 then
      Stat1
   else
      stat2
   end;
\end{verbatim}
and not to
\begin{verbatim}
{ NOT EQUIVALENT }
If exp1 Then
   begin
   If exp2 then
      Stat1
   end
else
   stat2;
\end{verbatim}
If it is this latter construct which is needed, the \var{begin} and \var{end}
keywords must be present. When in doubt, it is better to add them.

The following is a valid statement:
\begin{verbatim}
If Today in [Monday..Friday] then
  WriteLn ('Must work harder')
else
  WriteLn ('Take a day off.');
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{The \var{For..to/downto..do} statement}
\index{Statements!For}\index{Statements!Loop}\index{For}
\keywordlink{for}\keywordlink{do}\keywordlink{downto}
\fpc supports the \var{For} loop construction. A for loop is used in case
one wants to calculated something a fixed number of times.
The prototype syntax is as follows:
\input{syntax/for.syn}
Here, \var{Statement} can be a compound statement.
When the \var{For} statement is encountered, the control variable is initialized with
the initial value, and is compared with the final value.
What happens next depends on whether \var{to} or \var{downto} is used:
\begin{enumerate}
\item In the case \var{To} is used, if the initial value is larger than the final
value then \var{Statement} will never be executed.
\item In the case \var{DownTo} is used, if the initial value is less than the final
value then \var{Statement} will never be executed.
\end{enumerate}
After this check, the statement after \var{Do} is executed. After the
execution of the statement, the control variable is increased or decreased
with 1, depending on whether \var{To} or \var{Downto} is used.
The control variable must be an ordinal type, no other
types can be used as counters in a loop.

\begin{remark}
\fpc always calculates the upper bound before initializing
the counter variable with the initial value.
\end{remark}

\begin{remark}
It is not allowed to change (i.e. assign a value to) the value of a 
loop variable inside the loop.
\end{remark}

The following are valid loops:
\begin{verbatim}
For Day := Monday to Friday do Work;
For I := 100 downto 1 do
  WriteLn ('Counting down : ',i);
For I := 1 to 7*dwarfs do KissDwarf(i);
\end{verbatim}
The following will generate an error:
\begin{verbatim}
For I:=0 to 100 do
  begin
  DoSomething;
  I:=I*2;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
because the loop variable \var{I} cannot be assigned to inside the loop.

If the statement is a compound statement, then the \var{Break} and
\var{Continue} reserved words can be used to jump to the end or just
after the end of the \var{For} statement.

\subsection{The \var{Repeat..until} statement}
\index{Statements!Repeat}\index{Statements!Loop}\index{Repeat}
\keywordlink{repeat} \keywordlink{until}
The \var{repeat} statement is used to execute a statement until a certain
condition is reached. The statement will be executed at least once.
The prototype syntax of the \var{Repeat..until} statement is
\input{syntax/repeat.syn}
This will execute the statements between \var{repeat} and \var{until} up to
the moment when \var{Expression}\index{Expression} evaluates to \var{True}.
Since the \var{expression} is evaluated {\em after} the execution of the
statements, they are executed at least once.

Be aware of the fact that the boolean expression \var{Expression} will be 
short-cut evaluated by default, meaning that the evaluation will be stopped 
at the point where the outcome is known with certainty.

The following are valid \var{repeat} statements
\begin{verbatim}
repeat
  WriteLn ('I =',i);
  I := I+2;
until I>100;

repeat
 X := X/2
until x<10e-3;
\end{verbatim}
Note that the last statement before the \var{until} keyword does not need
a terminating semicolon, but it is allowed.

The \var{Break} and \var{Continue} reserved words can be used to jump to
the end or just after the end of the \var{repeat .. until} statement.

\subsection{The \var{While..do} statement}
\index{Statements!While}\index{Statements!Loop}\index{While}
A \var{while} statement is used to execute a statement as long as a certain
condition holds. In difference with the \var{repeat} loop, this may imply 
that the statement is never executed.

The prototype syntax of the \var{While..do} statement is
\input{syntax/while.syn}
This will execute \var{Statement} as long as \var{Expression} evaluates
to\index{Expression}\var{True}. Since \var{Expression} is evaluated {\em before} the execution
of \var{Statement}, it is possible that \var{Statement} isn't executed at
all. \var{Statement} can be a compound statement.

Be aware of the fact that the boolean expression \var{Expression} will be 
short-cut evaluated by default, meaning that the evaluation will be stopped 
at the point where the outcome is known with certainty.

The following are valid \var{while} statements:
\begin{verbatim}
I := I+2;
while i<=100 do
  begin
  WriteLn ('I =',i);
  I := I+2;
  end;
X := X/2;
while x>=10e-3 do
  X := X/2;
\end{verbatim}
They correspond to the example loops for the \var{repeat} statements.

If the statement is a compound statement, then  the \var{Break} and
\var{Continue} reserved words can be used to jump to the end or just
after the end of the \var{While} statement.

\subsection{The \var{With} statement}
\label{se:With}\index{With}\index{Statements!With} \keywordlink{with}
The \var{with} statement serves to access the elements of a record
or object or class, without having to specify the name of the each time.
The syntax for a \var{with} statement is
\input{syntax/with.syn}
The variable reference must be a variable of a record, object or class type.
In the \var{with} statement, any variable reference, or method reference is
checked to see if it is a field or method of the record or object or class.
If so, then that field is accessed, or that method is called.
Given the declaration:
\begin{verbatim}
Type 
  Passenger = Record
    Name : String[30];
    Flight : String[10];
  end;

Var 
  TheCustomer : Passenger;
\end{verbatim}
The following statements are completely equivalent:
\begin{verbatim}
TheCustomer.Name := 'Michael';
TheCustomer.Flight := 'PS901';
\end{verbatim}
and
\begin{verbatim}
With TheCustomer do
  begin
  Name := 'Michael';
  Flight := 'PS901';
  end;
\end{verbatim}
The statement
\begin{verbatim}
With A,B,C,D do Statement;
\end{verbatim}
is equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
With A do
 With B do
  With C do
   With D do Statement;
\end{verbatim}
This also is a clear example of the fact that the variables are tried {\em last
to first}, i.e., when the compiler encounters a variable reference, it will
first check if it is a field or method of the last variable. If not, then it
will check the last-but-one, and so on.
The following example shows this;
\begin{verbatim}
Program testw;
Type AR = record
      X,Y : Longint;
     end;
     PAR = ^Ar;

Var S,T : Ar;
begin
  S.X := 1;S.Y := 1;
  T.X := 2;T.Y := 2;
  With S,T do
    WriteLn (X,' ',Y);
end.
\end{verbatim}
The output of this program is
\begin{verbatim}
2 2
\end{verbatim}
Showing thus that the \var{X,Y} in the \var{WriteLn} statement match the
\var{T} record variable.

\begin{remark}
When using a \var{With} statement with a pointer, or a class, it is not
permitted to change the pointer or the class in the \var{With} block.
With the definitions of the previous example, the following illustrates
what it is about:
\begin{verbatim}
Var p : PAR;

begin
  With P^ do
   begin
   // Do some operations
   P:=OtherP;
   X:=0.0;  // Wrong X will be used !!
   end;
\end{verbatim}
The reason the pointer cannot be changed is that the address is stored
by the compiler in a temporary register. Changing the pointer won't change
the temporary address. The same is true for classes.
\end{remark}

\subsection{Exception Statements}
\index{Statements!Exception}
\fpc supports exceptions. Exceptions provide a convenient way to
program error and error-recovery mechanisms, and are
closely related to classes.
Exception support is explained in \seec{Exceptions}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Assembler statements
\section{Assembler statements}
\index{Statements!Assembler}\index{Asm}\index{Assembler}
An assembler statement allows to insert assembler code right in the
Pascal code.
\input{syntax/statasm.syn}
More information about assembler blocks can be found in the \progref.
The register list is used to indicate the registers that are modified by an
assembler statement in the assembler block. The compiler stores certain results in the
registers. If  the registers are modified in an assembler statement, the compiler
should, sometimes, be told about it. The registers are denoted with their
Intel names for the I386 processor, i.e., \var{'EAX'}, \var{'ESI'} etc...
As an example, consider the following assembler code:
\begin{verbatim}
asm
  Movl $1,%ebx
  Movl $0,%eax
  addl %eax,%ebx
end; ['EAX','EBX'];
\end{verbatim}
This will tell the compiler that it should save and restore the contents of
the \var{EAX} and \var{EBX} registers when it encounters this asm statement.

\fpc supports various styles of assembler syntax. By default, \var{AT\&T}
syntax is assumed for the 80386 and compatibles platform.
The default assembler style can be changed with the \var{\{\$asmmode xxx\}}
switch in the code, or the \var{-R} command-line option. More about this can
be found in the \progref.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Using functions and procedures.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Using functions and procedures}
\label{ch:Procedures}\index{Functions}\index{Procedures}
\fpc supports the use of functions and procedures. It supports
\begin{itemize}
\item Function overloading, i.e. functions with the same name but different
parameter lists.
\item \var{Const} parameters.
\item Open arrays (i.e. arrays without bounds).
\item Variable number of arguments as in C.
\item Return-like construct as in C, through the \var{Exit} keyword.
\end{itemize}

\begin{remark} In many of the subsequent paragraphs the words \var{procedure}
and \var{function} will be used interchangeably. The statements made are
valid for both, except when indicated otherwise.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Procedure declaration
\section{Procedure declaration}
A procedure declaration defines an identifier and associates it with a
block of code. The procedure can then be called with a procedure statement.
\input{syntax/procedur.syn}
See \sees{Parameters} for the list of parameters.\index{Procedure}
\keywordlink{procedure}
A procedure declaration that is followed by a block implements the action of
the procedure in that block.
The following is a valid procedure :
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure DoSomething (Para : String);
begin
  Writeln ('Got parameter : ',Para);
  Writeln ('Parameter in upper case : ',Upper(Para));
end;
\end{verbatim}
Note that it is possible that a procedure calls itself.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Function declaration
\section{Function declaration}
\keywordlink{function}
A function declaration defines an identifier and associates it with a
block of code. The block of code will return a result.
The function can then be called inside an expression, or with a procedure
statement, if extended syntax is on.
\input{syntax/function.syn}
\index{Function}The result type of a function can be any previously declared type.
contrary to Turbo Pascal, where only simple types could be returned.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Function results
\section{Function results}
The result of a function can be set by setting the result variable:
this can be the function identifier or, (only in ObjFPC or Delphi mode) 
the special \var{Result} identifier:
\begin{verbatim}
Function MyFunction : Integer;

begin
  MyFunction:=12; // Return 12
end;
\end{verbatim}
In \var{Delphi} or \var{ObjPas} mode, the above can also be coded as:
\begin{verbatim}
Function MyFunction : Integer;

begin
  Result:=12;
end;
\end{verbatim}
As an extension to \delphi syntax, the ObjFPC mode also supports a special
extension of the \var{Exit} procedure:
\begin{verbatim}
Function MyFunction : Integer;

begin
  Exit(12);
end;
\end{verbatim}
The \var{Exit} call sets the result of the function and jumps to the final
\var{End} of the function declaration block. It can be seen as the equivalent 
of the C \var{return} instruction.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Parameter lists
\section{Parameter lists}
\label{se:Parameters}\index{Parameters}
When arguments must be passed to a function or procedure, these parameters
must be declared in the formal parameter list of that function or procedure.
The parameter list is a declaration of identifiers that can be referred to
only in that procedure or function's block.
\input{syntax/params.syn}
Constant parameters, out parameters and variable parameters can also be \var{untyped}
parameters if they have no type
identifier.\index{Parameters!Untypes}\index{Parameters!Constant}\index{Parameters!Var}

As of version 1.1, \fpc supports default values for both constant parameters
and value parameters, but only for simple types. The compiler must be in
\var{OBJFPC} or \var{DELPHI} mode to accept default values. 

\subsection{Value parameters}
Value parameters are declared as follows:\index{Parameters!Value}
\input{syntax/paramval.syn}
When parameters are declared as value parameters, the procedure gets {\em
a copy} of the parameters that the calling statement passes. Any modifications
to these parameters are purely local to the procedure's block, and do not
propagate back to the calling block.

A block that wishes to call a procedure with value parameters must pass
assignment compatible parameters to the procedure. This means that the types
should not match exactly, but can be converted to the actual parameter
types. This conversion code is inserted by the compiler itself.

Care must be taken when using value parameters: Value parameters makes heavy
use of the stack, especially when using large parameters. The total size of
all parameters in the formal parameter list should be below 32K for
portability's sake (the Intel version limits this to 64K).

Open arrays can be passed as value parameters. See \sees{openarray} for
more information on using open arrays.

For a parameter of a  simple type (i.e. not a structured type), a default
value can be specified. This can be an untyped constant. If the function
call omits the parameter, the default value will be passed on to the
function. For dynamic arrays or other types that can be considered as
equivalent to a pointer, the only possible default value is \var{Nil}.

The following example will print 20 on the screen:
\begin{verbatim}
program testp;

Const
  MyConst = 20;

Procedure MyRealFunc(I : Integer = MyConst);

begin
  Writeln('Function received : ',I);
end;  
  
begin
  MyRealFunc;
end.    
\end{verbatim}

\subsection{Variable parameters}
\label{se:varparams}\index{Parameters!Var}\keywordlink{var}
Variable parameters are declared as follows:
\input{syntax/paramvar.syn}
When parameters are declared as variable parameters, the procedure or
function accesses immediatly the variable that the calling block passed in
its parameter list. The procedure gets a pointer to the variable that was
passed, and uses this pointer to access the variable's value.
From this, it follows that any changes made to the parameter, will
propagate back to the calling block. This mechanism can be used to pass
values back in procedures.
Because of this, the calling block must pass a parameter of {\em exactly}
the same type as the declared parameter's type. If it does not, the compiler
will generate an error.

Variable and constant parameters can be untyped. In that case the variable has no type,
and hence is incompatible with all other types. However, the address operator
can be used on it, or it can be can passed to a function that has also an
untyped parameter. If an untyped parameter is used in an assigment,
or a value must be assigned to it, a typecast must be used.

File type variables must always be passed as variable parameters.

Open arrays can be passed as variable parameters. See \sees{openarray} for
more information on using open arrays.

Note that default values are not supported for variable parameters. This
would make little sense since it defeats the purpose of being able to pass a
value back to the caller.

\subsection{Out parameters}
\label{se:outparams}\index{Parameters!Out}\keywordlink{out}
Out parameters  (output parameters) are declared as follows:
\input{syntax/paramout.syn}
The purpose of an \var{out} parameter is to pass values back to the calling
routine: The variable is passed by reference. The initial value of the 
parameter on function entry is discarded, and should not be used.

If a variable must be used to pass a value to a function and retrieve data
from the function, then a variable parameter must be used. If only a value
must be retrieved, a \var{out} parameter can be used.

Needless to say, default values are not supported for \var{out} parameters.

The difference of out parameters and parameters by reference is very small:
the former gives the compiler more information about what happens to the
arguments when passed to the procedure: It knows that the variable does not
have to be initialized prior to the call. The following example illustrates
this:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure DoA(Var A : Integer);

begin
  A:=2;
  Writeln('A is ',A);
end;

Procedure DoB(Out B : Integer);

begin
  B:=2;
  Writeln('B is ',B);
end;

Var
  C,D : Integer;

begin
  DoA(C);
  DoB(D);
end.
\end{verbatim}
Both procedures \var{DoA} and \var{DoB} do practically the same. But
\var{DoB}'s declaration gives more information to the compiler, allowing
it to detect that \var{D} does not have to initialized before \var{DoB}
is called. Since the parameter \var{A} in \var{DoA} can receive a value as
well as return one, the compiler notices that \var{C} was not initialized
prior to the call to \var{DoA}:
\begin{verbatim}
home: >fpc -S2 -vwhn testo.pp
testo.pp(19,8) Hint: Variable "C" does not seem to be initialized
\end{verbatim}
This shows that it is better to use \var{out} parameters when the parameter
is used only to return a value.

\begin{remark}
Out parameters are only supported in Delphi and ObjFPC mode. For the other 
modes, \var{out} is a valid identifier.
\end{remark}

%
\subsection{Constant parameters}\index{Parameters!Constant}\keywordlink{const}
In addition to variable parameters and value parameters \fpc also supports
Constant parameters. A constant parameter as can be specified as follows:
\input{syntax/paramcon.syn}
A constant argument is passed by reference if its size is larger than a
pointer. It is passed by value if the size is equal or is less then the 
size of a native pointer.
This means that the function or procedure receives a pointer to the passed
argument, but it cannot be assigned to, this will result in a
compiler error. Furthermore a const parameter cannot be passed on to another
function that requires a variable parameter.
The main use for this is reducing the stack size, hence improving
performance, and still retaining the semantics of passing by value...

Constant parameters can also be untyped. See \sees{varparams} for more
information about untyped parameters.

As for value parameters, constant parameters can get default values.

Open arrays can be passed as constant parameters. See \sees{openarray} for
more information on using open arrays.

\subsection{Open array parameters}
\index{Parameters!Open Array}\index{Array}
\label{se:openarray}
\fpc supports the passing of open arrays, i.e. a procedure can be declared
with an array of unspecified length as a parameter, as in Delphi.
Open array parameters can be accessed in the procedure or function as an
array that is declared with starting index 0, and last element
index \var{High(paremeter)}.
For example, the parameter
\begin{verbatim}
Row : Array of Integer;
\end{verbatim}
would be equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
Row : Array[0..N-1] of Integer;
\end{verbatim}
Where  \var{N} would be the actual size of the array that is passed to the
function. \var{N-1} can be calculated as \var{High(Row)}.
Open parameters can be passed by value, by reference or as a constant
parameter. In the latter cases the procedure receives a pointer to the
actual array. In the former case, it receives a copy of the array.
In a function or procedure, open arrays can only be passed to functions which
are also declared with open arrays as parameters, {\em not} to functions or
procedures which accept arrays of fixed length.
The following is an example of a function using an open array:
\begin{verbatim}
Function Average (Row : Array of integer) : Real;
Var I : longint;
    Temp : Real;
begin
  Temp := Row[0];
  For I := 1 to High(Row) do
    Temp := Temp + Row[i];
  Average := Temp / (High(Row)+1);
end;
\end{verbatim}

As of FPC 2.2, it is also possible to pass partial arrays to a function that
accepts an open array. This can be done by specifying the range of the array
which should be passed to the open array.

Given the declaration
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  A : Array[1..100];
\end{verbatim}
the following call will compute and print the average of the 100 numbers:
\begin{verbatim}
  Writeln('Average of 100 numbers: ',Average(A));
\end{verbatim}
But the following will compute and print the average of the first and second
half:
\begin{verbatim}
  Writeln('Average of first 50 numbers: ',Average(A[1..50]));
  Writeln('Average of last  50 numbers: ',Average(A[51..100]));
\end{verbatim} 

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The array of const construct
\subsection{Array of const}
\index{Parameters!Open Array}\index{Array}\index{Array!Of const}
In Object Pascal or Delphi mode, \fpc supports the \var{Array of Const}
construction to pass parameters to a subroutine.

This is a special case of the \var{Open array} construction, where it is
allowed to pass any expression in an array to a function or procedure. 
The expression must have a simple result type: structures cannot be passed
as an argument. This means that all ordinal, float or string types can be
passed, as well as pointers, classes and interfaces.

The elements of the array of const are converted to a a special variant record:
\begin{verbatim}
Type
  PVarRec = ^TVarRec;
  TVarRec = record
     case VType : Ptrint of
       vtInteger    : (VInteger: Longint);
       vtBoolean    : (VBoolean: Boolean);
       vtChar       : (VChar: Char);
       vtWideChar   : (VWideChar: WideChar);
       vtExtended   : (VExtended: PExtended);
       vtString     : (VString: PShortString);
       vtPointer    : (VPointer: Pointer);
       vtPChar      : (VPChar: PChar);
       vtObject     : (VObject: TObject);
       vtClass      : (VClass: TClass);
       vtPWideChar  : (VPWideChar: PWideChar);
       vtAnsiString : (VAnsiString: Pointer);
       vtCurrency   : (VCurrency: PCurrency);
       vtVariant    : (VVariant: PVariant);
       vtInterface  : (VInterface: Pointer);
       vtWideString : (VWideString: Pointer);
       vtInt64      : (VInt64: PInt64);
       vtQWord      : (VQWord: PQWord);
   end;
\end{verbatim}
Therefor, inside the procedure body, the \var{array of const} argument is equivalent to
an open array of \var{TVarRec}:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure Testit (Args: Array of const);

Var I : longint;

begin
  If High(Args)<0 then
    begin
    Writeln ('No aguments');
    exit;
    end;
  Writeln ('Got ',High(Args)+1,' arguments :');
  For i:=0 to High(Args) do
    begin
    write ('Argument ',i,' has type ');
    case Args[i].vtype of
      vtinteger    :
        Writeln ('Integer, Value :',args[i].vinteger);
      vtboolean    :
        Writeln ('Boolean, Value :',args[i].vboolean);
      vtchar       :
        Writeln ('Char, value : ',args[i].vchar);
      vtextended   :
        Writeln ('Extended, value : ',args[i].VExtended^);
      vtString     :
        Writeln ('ShortString, value :',args[i].VString^);
      vtPointer    :
        Writeln ('Pointer, value : ',Longint(Args[i].VPointer));
      vtPChar      :
        Writeln ('PCHar, value : ',Args[i].VPChar);
      vtObject     :
        Writeln ('Object, name : ',Args[i].VObject.Classname);
      vtClass      :
        Writeln ('Class reference, name :',Args[i].VClass.Classname);
      vtAnsiString :
        Writeln ('AnsiString, value :',AnsiString(Args[I].VAnsiStr
    else
        Writeln ('(Unknown) : ',args[i].vtype);
    end;
    end;
end;
\end{verbatim}
In code, it is possible to pass an arbitrary array of elements
to this procedure:
\begin{verbatim}
  S:='Ansistring 1';
  T:='AnsiString 2';
  Testit ([]);
  Testit ([1,2]);
  Testit (['A','B']);
  Testit ([TRUE,FALSE,TRUE]);
  Testit (['String','Another string']);
  Testit ([S,T])  ;
  Testit ([P1,P2]);
  Testit ([@testit,Nil]);
  Testit ([ObjA,ObjB]);
  Testit ([1.234,1.234]);
  TestIt ([AClass]);
\end{verbatim}

If the procedure is declared with the \var{cdecl} modifier, then the
compiler will pass the array as a C compiler would pass it. This, in effect,
emulates the C construct of a variable number of arguments, as the following
example will show:
\begin{verbatim}
program testaocc;
{$mode objfpc}

Const
  P : Pchar = 'example';
  Fmt : PChar =
        'This %s uses printf to print numbers (%d) and strings.'#10;

// Declaration of standard C function printf:
procedure printf (fm : pchar; args : array of const);cdecl; external 'c';

begin
 printf(Fmt,[P,123]);
end.
\end{verbatim}
Remark that this is not true for Delphi, so code relying on this feature
will not be portable.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Function overloading
\section{Function overloading}
\index{Functions!Overloaded}
Function overloading simply means that the same function is defined more
than once, but each time with a different formal parameter list.
The parameter lists must differ at least in one of its elements type.
When the compiler encounters a function call, it will look at the function
parameters to decide which one of the defined functions it should call.
This can be useful when the same function must be defined for different
types. For example, in the RTL, the  \var{Dec} procedure could be
 defined as:
\begin{verbatim}
...
Dec(Var I : Longint;decrement : Longint);
Dec(Var I : Longint);
Dec(Var I : Byte;decrement : Longint);
Dec(Var I : Byte);
...
\end{verbatim}
When the compiler encounters a call to the \var{Dec} function, it will first search
which function it should use. It therefore checks the parameters in a
function call, and looks if there is a function definition which matches the
specified parameter list. If the compiler finds such a function, a call is
inserted to that function. If no such function is found, a compiler error is
generated.

functions that have a \var{cdecl} modifier cannot be overloaded.
(Technically, because this modifier prevents the mangling of
the function name by the compiler).

Prior to version 1.9 of the compiler, the overloaded functions needed to be
in the same unit. Now the compiler will continue searching in other units if
it doesn't find a matching version of an overloaded function in one unit,
and if the \var{overload} keyword is present. 

If the \var{overload} keyword is not present, then all overloaded versions 
must reside in the same unit, and if it concerns methods part of a class,
they must be in the same class, i.e. the compiler will not look for
overloaded methods in parent classes if the \var{overload} keyword was not
specified.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% forward defined functions
\section{Forward defined functions}
\index{Functions!Forward}\index{Forward} \keywordlink{forward}
A function can be declared without having it followed by its implementation,
by having it followed by the \var{forward} procedure. The effective
implementation of that function must follow later in the module.
The function can be used after a \var{forward} declaration as if it had been
implemented already.
The following is an example of a forward declaration.
\begin{verbatim}
Program testforward;
Procedure First (n : longint); forward;
Procedure Second;
begin
  WriteLn ('In second. Calling first...');
  First (1);
end;
Procedure First (n : longint);
begin
  WriteLn ('First received : ',n);
end;
begin
  Second;
end.
\end{verbatim}
A function can be defined as forward only once.
Likewise, in units, it is not allowed to have a forward declared function
of a function that has been declared in the interface part. The interface
declaration counts as a \var{forward} declaration.
The following unit will give an error when compiled:
\begin{verbatim}
Unit testforward;
interface
Procedure First (n : longint);
Procedure Second;
implementation
Procedure First (n : longint); forward;
Procedure Second;
begin
  WriteLn ('In second. Calling first...');
  First (1);
end;
Procedure First (n : longint);
begin
  WriteLn ('First received : ',n);
end;
end.
\end{verbatim}
Reversely, functions declared in the interface section cannot be declared
forward in the implementation section. Logically, since they already have
been declared.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% External functions
\section{External functions}
\label{se:external}\index{External}\index{Functions!External}\keywordlink{external}
The \var{external} modifier can be used to declare a function that resides in
an external object file. It allows to use the function in some code, and at
linking time, the object file containing the implementation of the function
or procedure must be linked in.
\input{syntax/external.syn}
It replaces, in effect, the function or procedure code block.
As an example:
\begin{verbatim}
program CmodDemo;
{$Linklib c}
Const P : PChar = 'This is fun !';
Function strlen (P : PChar) : Longint; cdecl; external;
begin
  WriteLn ('Length of (',p,') : ',strlen(p))
end.
\end{verbatim}
\begin{remark}
The parameters in the declaration of the \var{external} function
should match exactly the ones in the declaration in the object file.
\end{remark}
If the \var{external} modifier is followed by a string constant:
\begin{verbatim}
external 'lname';
\end{verbatim}
Then this tells the compiler that the function resides in library
'lname'. The compiler will then automatically link this library to
the program.

The name that the function has in the library can also be specified:
\begin{verbatim}
external 'lname' name 'Fname';
\end{verbatim}
\index{name}This tells the compiler that the function resides in library 'lname',
but with name 'Fname'.The compiler will then automatically link this
library to the program, and use the correct name for the function.
Under \windows and \ostwo, the following form can also be used:
\begin{verbatim}
external 'lname' Index Ind;
\end{verbatim}
\index{index}This tells the compiler that the function resides in library 'lname',
but with index \var{Ind}. The compiler will then automatically
link this library to the program, and use the correct index for the
function.

Finally, the external directive can be used to specify the external name
of the function :
\begin{verbatim}
external name 'Fname';
{$L myfunc.o}
\end{verbatim}
\index{external}%
This tells the compiler that the function has the name 'Fname'. The
correct library or object file (in this case myfunc.o) must still be linked,
ensuring that the function 'Fname' is indeed included in the linking stage.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Assembler functions
\section{Assembler functions}
\index{Assembler}\index{Functions!Assembler}\keywordlink{assembler}
Functions and procedures can be completely implemented in assembly
language. To indicate this, use the \var{assembler} keyword:
\input{syntax/asm.syn}
Contrary to Delphi, the assembler keyword must be present to indicate an
assembler function.
For more information about assembler functions, see the chapter on using
assembler in the \progref.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Modifiers
\section{Modifiers}
\index{Modifiers}\index{Functions!Modifiers}
A function or procedure declaration can contain modifiers. Here we list the
various possibilities:
\input{syntax/modifiers.syn}
\fpc doesn't support all \tp modifiers (although it parses them for
compatibility), but does support a number of additional modifiers. 
They are used mainly for assembler and reference to C object files.

\subsection{alias}
\label{se:alias}
\index{Alias}\index{Modifiers!Alias}\keywordlink{alias}
The \var{alias} modifier allows the programmer to specify a different name for a
procedure or function. This is mostly useful for referring to this procedure
from assembly language constructs or from another object file. As an example,
consider the following program:
\begin{verbatim}
Program Aliases;

Procedure Printit;alias : 'DOIT';
begin
  WriteLn ('In Printit (alias : "DOIT")');
end;
begin
  asm
  call DOIT
  end;
end.
\end{verbatim}
\begin{remark} The specified alias is inserted straight into the assembly
code, thus it is case sensitive.
\end{remark}
The \var{alias} modifier does not make the symbol public to other modules,
unless the routine is also declared in the interface part of a unit, or
the \var{public} modifier is used to force it as public. Consider the
following:
\begin{verbatim}

unit testalias;

interface

procedure testroutine;

implementation

procedure testroutine;alias:'ARoutine';
begin
  WriteLn('Hello world');
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
This will make the routine \var{testroutine} available publicly to
external object files under the label name \var{ARoutine}.

\begin{remark}
The \var{alias} directive is considered deprecated. Please use the
\var{public name} directive. See \sees{public}.
\end{remark}

\subsection{cdecl}
\label{se:cdecl}\index{cdecl}\index{Modifiers!cdecl}\keywordlink{cdecl}
The \var{cdecl} modifier can be used to declare a function that uses a C
type calling convention. This must be used when accessing functions residing in
an object file generated by standard C compilers, but must also be used for
Pascal functions that are to be used as callbacks for C libraries. 

The \var{cdecl} modifier allows to use C function in the code. 
For external C functions, the object file containing the \var{C} 
implementation of the function or procedure must be linked in.
As an example:
\begin{verbatim}
program CmodDemo;
{$LINKLIB c}
Const P : PChar = 'This is fun !';
Function StrLen(P: PChar): Longint;cdecl; external name 'strlen';
begin
  WriteLn ('Length of (',p,') : ',StrLen(p));
end.
\end{verbatim}
When compiling this, and linking to the C-library, the \var{strlen} function
can be called throughout the program. The \var{external} directive tells
the compiler that the function resides in an external object file or library
with the 'strlen' name (see \ref{se:external}).
\begin{remark}
The parameters in our declaration of the \var{C} function should
match exactly the ones in the declaration in \var{C}.
\end{remark}

For functions that are not external, but which are declared using
\var{cdecl}, no external linking is needed. These functions have some
restrictions, for instance the \var{array of const} construct can not be
used (due the the way this uses the stack). On the other hand, the
\var{cdecl} modifier allows these functions to be used as callbacks for 
routines written in C, as the latter expect the 'cdecl' calling convention.

\subsection{export}\keywordlink{export}
\index{export}\index{Modifiers!export}
The \var{export} modifier is used to export names when creating a shared library
or an executable program. This means that the symbol will be publicly
available, and can be imported from other programs. For more information
on this modifier, consult the section on Programming dynamic libraries
in the \progref.

\subsection{inline}\keywordlink{inline}
\index{inline}\index{Modifiers!inline}
\label{se:inline}
Procedures that are declared \var{inline} are copied to the places where they
are called. This has the effect that there is no actual procedure call,
the code of the procedure is just copied to where the procedure is needed,
this results in faster execution speed if the function or procedure is
used a lot. It is obvious that inlining large functions does not make sense.

By default, \var{inline} procedures are not allowed. Inline code must be enabled
using the command-line switch \var{-Si} or \var{\{\$inline on\}}
directive.

\begin{remark}
\begin{enumerate}
\item \var{inline} is only a hint for the compiler. This does {\em not}
automatically mean that all calls are inlined; sometimes the compiler
may decide that a function simply cannot be inlined, or that a particular call
to the function cannot be inlined. If so, the compiler will emit a warning.
\item In old versions of \fpc, inline code was {\em not} exported from a unit. This
meant that when calling an inline procedure from another unit, a normal procedure 
call will be performed. Only inside units, \var{Inline} procedures are really inlined.
As of version 2.0.2, inline works accross units.
\item Recursive inline functions are not allowed. i.e. an inline function
that calls itself is not allowed.
\end{enumerate}
\end{remark}

\subsection{interrupt}
\label{se:interrupt}\index{interrupt}\index{Mofidiers!interrupt}\keywordlink{interrupt}
The \var{interrupt} keyword is used to declare a routine which will
be used as an interrupt handler. On entry to this routine, all the registers
will be saved and on exit, all registers will be restored
and an interrupt or trap return will be executed (instead of the normal return
from subroutine instruction).

On platforms where a return from interrupt does not exist, the normal exit
code of routines will be done instead. For more information on the generated
code, consult the \progref.

\subsection{local}
\label{se:local}\index{local}\index{Mofidiers!local}\keywordlink{local}
The \var{local} modifier allows the compiler to optimize the function: a local
function cannot be in the interface section of a unit: it is always in the
implementation section of the unit. From this it follows that the function
cannot be exported from a library. 

On Linux, the local directive results in some optimizations. On Windows, it
has no effect. It was introduced for Kylix compatibility.

\subsection{nostackframe}
\label{se:nostackframe}\index{nostackframe}\index{Modifiers!nostackframe}\keywordlink{nostackframe}
The \var{nostackframe} modifier can be used to tell the compiler it should
not generate a stack frame for this procedure or function. By default, a
stack frame is always generated for each procedure or function.

One should be extremely careful when using this modifier: most procedures or
functions need a stack frame. Particularly for debugging they are needed.

\subsection{overload}
\label{se:overload}\index{overload}\index{Modifiers!overload}\keywordlink{overload}
The \var{overload} modifier tells the compiler that this function is
overloaded. It is mainly for \delphi compatibility, as in \fpc, all
functions and procedures can be overloaded without this modifier.

There is only one case where the \var{overload} modifier is mandatory:
if a function must be overloaded that resides in another unit. Both
functions must be declared with the \var{overload} modifier: the
\var{overload} modifier tells the compiler that it should continue 
looking for overloaded versions in other units.

The following example illustrates this. Take the first unit:
\begin{verbatim}
unit ua;

interface

procedure DoIt(A : String); overload;

implementation

procedure DoIt(A : String);

begin
  Writeln('ua.DoIt received ',A)
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
And a second unit, which contains an overloaded version:
\begin{verbatim}
unit ub;

interface

procedure DoIt(A : Integer); overload;

implementation

procedure DoIt(A : integer);

begin
  Writeln('ub.DoIt received ',A)
end;

end.
\end{verbatim}
And the following program, which uses both units:
\begin{verbatim}
program uab;

uses ua,ub;

begin
  DoIt('Some string');
end.
\end{verbatim}
When the compiler starts looking for the declaration of \var{DoIt}, it will
find one in the \file{ub} unit. Without the \var{overload} directive, the 
compiler would give an argument mismatch error:
\begin{verbatim}
home: >fpc uab.pp
uab.pp(6,21) Error: Incompatible type for arg no. 1: 
Got "Constant String", expected "SmallInt"
\end{verbatim}
With the \var{overload} directive in place at both locations, the compiler
knows it must continue searching for an overloaded version with matching
parameter list. Note that {\em both} declarations must have the
\var{overload} modifier specified; It is not enough to have the modifier in
unit \file{ub}. This is to prevent unwanted overloading: The programmer who
implemented the \var{ua} unit must mark the procedure as fit for overloading.

%
%
\subsection{pascal}
\label{se:pascal}\index{pascal}\index{Modifiers!pascal}\keywordlink{pascal}
The \var{pascal} modifier can be used to declare a function that uses the
classic Pascal type calling convention (passing parameters from left to right).
For more information on the Pascal calling convention, consult the \progref.

\subsection{public}
\label{se:public}\index{Modifiers!public}\index{public}\keywordlink{public}
The \var{Public} keyword is used to declare a function globally in a unit.
This is useful if the function should not be accessible from the unit
file (i.e. another unit/program using the unit doesn't see the function),
but must be accessible from the object file. as an example:
\begin{verbatim}
Unit someunit;
interface
Function First : Real;
Implementation
Function First : Real;
begin
  First := 0;
end;
Function Second : Real; [Public];
begin
  Second := 1;
end;
end.
\end{verbatim}
If another program or unit uses this unit, it will not be able to use the
function \var{Second}, since it isn't declared in the interface part.
However, it will be possible to access the function \var{Second} at the
assembly-language level, by using its mangled name (see the \progref).

The \var{public} modifier can also be followed by a \var{name} directive to
specify the assembler name, as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
Unit someunit;
interface
Function First : Real; 
Implementation
Function First : Real;
begin
  First := 0;
end;
Function Second : Real; Public name 'second';
begin
  Second := 1;
end;
end.
\end{verbatim}
The assembler symbol as specified by the 'public name' directive will 
be 'second', in all lowercase letters.

\subsection{register}
\label{se:register}\index{register}\index{Modifiers!register}\keywordlink{register}
The \var{register} keyword is used for compatibility with Delphi. In
version 1.0.x of the compiler, this directive has no effect on the
generated code. As of the 1.9.X versions, this directive is supported. The
first three arguments are passed in registers EAX,ECX and EDX.

\subsection{safecall}
\index{safecall}\index{Modifiers!safecall}\keywordlink{savecall}
The \var{safecall} modifier ressembles closely the \var{stdcall} modifier. 
It sends parameters from right to left on the stack. Additionally, the 
called procedure saves and restores all registers.

More information about this modifier can be found in the \progref, in the
section on the calling mechanism and the chapter on linking.

\subsection{saveregisters}
\index{saveregisters}\index{Modifiers!saveregisters}\keywordlink{saveregisters}
The \var{saveregisters} modifier tells the compiler that all CPU registers should be 
saved prior to calling this routine. Which CPU registers are saved, depends
entirely on the CPU.

\subsection{softfloat}
\index{softfloat}\index{Modifiers!softfloat}\keywordlink{softfloat}
The \var{softfloat}  modifier makes sense only on the ARM architecture.

\subsection{stdcall}
\index{stdcall}\index{Modifiers!stdcall}\keywordlink{stdcall}
The \var{stdcall} modifier pushes the parameters from right to left on the stack,
it also aligns all the parameters to a default alignment.

More information about this modifier can be found in the \progref, in the
section on the calling mechanism and the chapter on linking.

\subsection{varargs}
\index{varargs}\index{Modifiers!varargs}\keywordlink{varargs}
This modifier can only be used together with the \var{cdecl} modifier, for
external C procedures. It indicates that the procedure accepts a variable
number of arguments after the last declared variable. These arguments are
passed on without any type checking. It is equivalent to using the
\var{array of const} construction for \var{cdecl} procedures, without having
to declare the \var{array of const}. The square brackets around the variable
arguments do not need to be used when this form of declaration is used.

The following declarations are 2 ways of referring to the same function
in the C library:
\begin{verbatim}
Function PrintF1(fmt : pchar); cdecl; varargs;  
                               external 'c' name 'printf';
Function PrintF2(fmt : pchar; Args : Array of const); cdecl;  
                               external 'c' name 'printf';
\end{verbatim}
But they must be called differently:
\begin{verbatim}
PrintF1('%d %d\n',1,1);
PrintF2('%d %d\n',[1,1]);
\end{verbatim}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Unsupported Turbo Pascal modifiers
\section{Unsupported Turbo Pascal modifiers}
\index{Modifiers}\keywordlink{far}\keywordlink{near}
The modifiers that exist in \tp, but aren't supported by \fpc, are
listed in \seet{Modifs}.
\begin{FPCltable}{lr}{Unsupported modifiers}{Modifs}
Modifier & Why not supported ? \\ \hline
Near & \fpc is a 32-bit compiler.\\
Far & \fpc is a 32-bit compiler. \\
\end{FPCltable}
The compiler will give a warning when it encounters these modifiers, but
will otherwise completely ignore them.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Operator overloading
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Operator overloading}
\label{ch:operatoroverloading}
\index{overloading!operators}
\section{Introduction}
\fpc supports operator overloading. This means that it is possible to
define the action of some operators on self-defined types, and thus allow
the use of these types in mathematical expressions.

Defining the action of an operator is much like the definition of a
function or procedure, only there are some restrictions on the possible
definitions, as will be shown in the subsequent.

Operator overloading is, in essence, a powerful notational tool;
but it is also not more than that, since the same results can be
obtained with regular function calls. When using operator overloading,
It is important to keep in mind that some implicit rules may produce
some unexpected results. This will be indicated.

\section{Operator declarations}
\index{operators}
To define the action of an operator is much like defining a function:
\input{syntax/operator.syn}
The parameter list for a comparision operator or an arithmetic operator
must always contain 2 parameters, with the exception of the unary minus,
where only 1 parameters is needed. The result type of the comparision
operator must be \var{Boolean}.

\begin{remark}
When compiling in \var{Delphi} mode or \var{Objfpc} mode, the result
identifier may be dropped. The result can then be accessed through
the standard \var{Result} symbol.

If the result identifier is dropped and the compiler is not in one
of these modes, a syntax error will occur.
\end{remark}

The statement block contains the necessary statements to determine the
result of the operation. It can contain arbitrary large pieces of code;
it is executed whenever the operation is encountered in some expression.
The result of the statement block must always be defined; error conditions
are not checked by the compiler, and the code must take care of all possible
cases, throwing a run-time error if some error condition is encountered.

In the following, the three types of operator definitions will be examined.
As an example, throughout this chapter the following type will be used to
define overloaded operators on :
\begin{verbatim}
type
  complex = record
    re : real;
    im : real;
  end;
\end{verbatim}
This type will be used in all examples.

The sources of the Run-Time Library contain 2 units that heavily use
operator overloading:
\begin{description}
\item[ucomplex] This unit contains a complete calculus for complex numbers.
\item[matrix] This unit contains a complete calculus for matrices.
\end{description}

\section{Assignment operators}
\index{Operators!Assignment}\keywordlink{operator}
The assignment operator defines the action of a assignent of one type of
variable to another. The result type must match the type of the variable
at the left of the assignment statement, the single parameter to the
assignment operator must have the same type as the expression at the
right of the assignment operator.

This system can be used to declare a new type, and define an assignment for
that type. For instance, to be able to assign a newly defined type 'Complex'
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C,Z : Complex; // New type complex

begin
  Z:=C;  // assignments between complex types.
end;
\end{verbatim}
The following assignment operator would have to be defined:
\begin{verbatim}
Operator := (C : Complex) z : complex;
\end{verbatim}

To be able to assign a real type to a complex type as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
var
  R : real;
  C : complex;

begin
  C:=R;
end;
\end{verbatim}
the following assignment operator must be defined:
\begin{verbatim}
Operator := (r : real) z : complex;
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen from this statement, it defines the action of the operator
\var{:=} with at the right a real expression, and at the left a complex
expression.

An example implementation of this could be as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
operator := (r : real) z : complex;

begin
  z.re:=r;
  z.im:=0.0;
end;
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen in the example, the result identifier (\var{z} in this case)
is used to store the result of the assignment. When compiling in Delphi mode
or objfpc mode, the use of the special identifier \var{Result} is also
allowed, and can be substituted for the \var{z}, so the above would be
equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
operator := (r : real) z : complex;

begin
  Result.re:=r;
  Result.im:=0.0;
end;
\end{verbatim}

The assignment operator is also used to convert types from one type to
another. The compiler will consider all overloaded assignment operators
till it finds one that matches the types of the left hand and right hand
expressions. If no such operator is found, a 'type mismatch' error
is given.

\begin{remark}
The assignment operator is not commutative; the compiler will never reverse
the role of the two arguments. in other words, given the above definition of
the assignment operator, the following is {\em not} possible:
\begin{verbatim}
var
  R : real;
  C : complex;

begin
  R:=C;
end;
\end{verbatim}
If the reverse assignment should be possible then the assigment operator 
must be defined for that as well.
(This is not so for reals and complex numbers.)
\end{remark}

\begin{remark}
The assignment operator is also used in implicit type conversions. This can
have unwanted effects. Consider the following definitions:
\begin{verbatim}
operator := (r : real) z : complex;
function exp(c : complex) : complex;
\end{verbatim}
Then the following assignment will give a type mismatch:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  r1,r2 : real;

begin
  r1:=exp(r2);
end;
\end{verbatim}
The mismatch occurs because the compiler will encounter the definition of the \var{exp} function
with the complex argument. It implicitly converts \var{r2} to a complex, so it can
use the above \var{exp} function. The result of this function is a complex,
which cannot be assigned to \var{r1}, so the compiler will give a 'type mismatch'
error. The compiler will not look further for another \var{exp} which has
the correct arguments.

It is possible to avoid this particular problem by specifying
\begin{verbatim}
  r1:=system.exp(r2);
\end{verbatim}
An experimental solution for this problem exists in the compiler, but is
not enabled by default. Maybe someday it will be.
\end{remark}

\section{Arithmetic operators}
\index{Operators!Arithmetic}\index{Operators!Binary}
Arithmetic operators define the action of a binary operator. Possible
operations are:
\begin{description}
\item[multiplication] To multiply two types, the \var{*} multiplication
operator must be overloaded.
\item[division] To divide two types, the \var{/} division
operator must be overloaded.
\item[addition] To add two types, the \var{+} addition
operator must be overloaded.
\item[substraction] To substract two types, the \var{-} substraction
operator must be overloaded.
\item[exponentiation] To exponentiate two types, the \var{**} exponentiation
operator must be overloaded.
\item[Unary minus] is used to take the negative of the argument following
it.
\item[Symmetric Difference] To take the symmetric difference of 2
structures, the \var{><} operator must be overloaded.
\end{description}

The definition of an arithmetic operator takes two parameters, except for
unary minus, which needs only 1 parameter. The first parameter must be of 
the type that occurs at the left of the operator, the second parameter must 
be of the type that is at the right of the arithmetic operator. The result 
type must match the type that results after the arithmetic operation.

To compile an expression as
\begin{verbatim}
var
  R : real;
  C,Z : complex;

begin
  C:=R*Z;
end;
\end{verbatim}
One needs a definition of the multiplication operator as:
\begin{verbatim}
Operator * (r : real; z1 : complex) z : complex;

begin
  z.re := z1.re * r;
  z.im := z1.im * r;
end;
\end{verbatim}
As can be seen, the first operator is a real, and the second is
a complex. The result type is complex.

Multiplication and addition of reals and complexes are commutative
operations. The compiler, however, has no notion of this fact so even
if a multiplication between a real and a complex is defined, the
compiler will not use that definition when it encounters a complex
and a real (in that order). It is necessary to define both operations.

So, given the above definition of the multiplication,
the compiler will not accept the following statement:
\begin{verbatim}
var
  R : real;
  C,Z : complex;

begin
  C:=Z*R;
end;
\end{verbatim}
Since the types of \var{Z} and \var{R} don't match the types in the
operator definition.

The reason for this behaviour is that it is possible that a multiplication
is not always commutative. e.g. the multiplication of a \var{(n,m)} with a
\var{(m,n)} matrix will result in a \var{(n,n)} matrix, while the
mutiplication of a \var{(m,n)} with a \var{(n,m)} matrix is a \var{(m,m)}
matrix, which needn't be the same in all cases.

\section{Comparision operator}
\index{Operators!Comparison}
The comparision operator can be overloaded to compare two different types
or to compare two equal types that are not basic types. The result type of
a comparision operator is always a boolean.

The comparision operators that can be overloaded are:
\begin{description}
\item[equal to] (=) To determine if two variables are equal.
\item[less than] ($<$) To determine if one variable is less than another.
\item[greater than] ($>$) To determine if one variable is greater than another.
\item[greater than or equal to] ($>=$) To determine if one variable is greater than
or equal to another.
\item[less than or equal to] ($<=$) To determine if one variable is greater
than or equal to another.
\end{description}
There is no separate operator for {\em unequal to} ($<>$). To evaluate a
statement that contans the {\em unequal to} operator, the compiler uses the
{\em equal to} operator (=), and negates the result.


As an example, the following opetrator allows to compare two complex
numbers:
\begin{verbatim}
operator = (z1, z2 : complex) b : boolean;
\end{verbatim}
the above definition allows comparisions of the following form:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  C1,C2 : Complex;

begin
  If C1=C2 then
    Writeln('C1 and C2 are equal');
end;
\end{verbatim}

The comparision operator definition needs 2 parameters, with the types that
the operator is meant to compare. Here also, the compiler doesn't apply
commutativity: if the two types are different, then it is necessary to
define 2 comparision operators.

In the case of complex numbers, it is, for instance necessary to define
2 comparsions: one with the complex type first, and one with the real type
first.

Given the definitions
\begin{verbatim}
operator = (z1 : complex;r : real) b : boolean;
operator = (r : real; z1 : complex) b : boolean;
\end{verbatim}
the following two comparisions are possible:
\begin{verbatim}
Var
  R,S : Real;
  C : Complex;

begin
  If (C=R) or (S=C) then
   Writeln ('Ok');
end;
\end{verbatim}
Note that the order of the real and complex type in the two comparisions
is reversed.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Programs, Units, Blocks
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\chapter{Programs, units, blocks}
A Pascal program can consist of modules called \var{units}. A unit can be used
to group pieces of code together, or to give someone code without giving
the sources.
Both programs and units consist of code blocks, which are mixtures of
statements, procedures, and variable or type declarations.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Programs
\section{Programs}
\index{program}\index{uses}\keywordlink{program}\keywordlink{uses}
A Pascal program consists of the program header, followed possibly by a
'uses' clause, and a block.
\input{syntax/program.syn}
The program header is provided for backwards compatibility, and is ignored
by the compiler.

The uses clause serves to identify all units that are needed by the program.
All identifiers which are declared in the the interface section of the units
in the uses clause are added to the known identifiers of the program.
The system unit doesn't have to be in this list, since it is always loaded
by the compiler.

The order in which the units appear is significant, it determines in
which order they are initialized. Units are initialized in the same order
as they appear in the uses clause. Identifiers are searched in the opposite
order, i.e. when the compiler searches for an identifier, then it looks
first in the last unit in the uses clause, then the last but one, and so on.
This is important in case two units declare different types with the same
identifier.

When the compiler looks for unit files, it adds the extension \file{.ppu}
to the name of the unit. On \linux and in operating systems where filenames 
are case sensitive  when looking for a unit, the following mechanism is
used:
\begin{enumerate}
\item The unit is first looked for in the original case.
\item The unit is looked for in all-lowercase letters.
\item The unit is looked for in all-uppercase letters.
\end{enumerate}
Additionally, If a unit name is longer than 8 characters, the compiler 
will first look for a unit name with this length, and then it will 
truncate the name to 8 characters and look for it again. 
For compatibility reasons, this is also true on platforms that 
support long file names.

Note that the above search is performed in each directory in the search
path. 

The program block contains the statements that will be executed when the
program is started. Note that these statements need not necessarily be the 
first statements that are executed: the initialization code of the units
may also contain statements that are executed prior to the program code.

The structure of a program block is discussed below.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Units
\section{Units}
\index{unit}\keywordlink{unit}
A unit contains a set of declarations, procedures and functions that can be
used by a program or another unit.
The syntax for a unit is as follows:
\input{syntax/unit.syn}
As can be seen from the syntax diagram, a unit always consists of a
interface and an implementation part. Optionally, there is an initialization
block and a finalization block, containing code that will be executed when
the program is started, and when the program stops, respectively.

\keywordlink{interface}\keywordlink{implementation}
Both the interface part or implementation part can be empty, but the
keywords \var{Interface} and \var{implementation} must be specified.
The following is a completely valid unit;
\begin{verbatim}
unit a;

interface

implementation

end.
\end{verbatim}

The interface part declares all identifiers that must be exported from the
unit. This can be constant, type or variable identifiers, and also procedure
or function identifier declarations.  The interface part cannot contain code
that is executed: only declarations are allowed. The following is a valid
interface part:
\begin{verbatim}
unit a;

interface

uses b;

Function MyFunction : SomeBType;

Implementation
\end{verbatim}
The type \var{SomeBType} is defined in unit \var{b}.

All functions and methods that are declared in the interface part must
be implemented in the implementation part of the unit, except for
declarations of external functions or procedures. If a declared method 
or function is not implemented in the implementation part, the compiler
will give an error, for example the following:
\begin{verbatim}
unit unita;

interface

Function MyFunction : Integer;

implementation

end.
\end{verbatim}
Will result in the following error:
\begin{verbatim}
unita.pp(5,10) Error: Forward declaration not solved "MyFunction:SmallInt;"
\end{verbatim}

The implementation part is primarily intended for the implementation of the
functions and procedures declared in the interface part. However, it can
also contain declarations of it's own: The declarations inside the 
implementation part are {\em not} accessible outside the unit. 

The initialization and finalization part of a unit are optional:

The initialization block is used to initialize certain variables or 
execute code that is necessary for the correct functioning of the unit. 
The initialization parts of the units
are executed in the order that the compiler loaded the units when compiling 
a program. They are executed before the first statement of the program is
executed.

The finalization part of the units are executed in the reverse order of the
initialization execution. They are used for instance to clean up any resources 
allocated in the initialization part  of the unit, or during the lifetime of
the program. The finalization part is always executed in the case of a
normal program termination: whether it is because the final \var{end} is
reached in the program code or because a \var{Halt} instruction was executed
somewhere.

In case the program stops during the execution of the initialization blocks
of one of the units, only the units that were already initialized will be
finalized.
\keywordlink{initialization}\keywordlink{finalization}
Note that if a \var{finalization} block is present, an \var{Initialization}
block must be present, but it can be empty:
\begin{verbatim}
Initialization

Finalization
  CleanupUnit;
end.
\end{verbatim}
An initialization section by itself (i.e. without finalization) may simply be 
replaced by a statement block. That is, the following:
\begin{verbatim}
Initialization
  InitializeUnit;
end.
\end{verbatim}
is completely equivalent to
\begin{verbatim}
Begin
  InitializeUnit;
end.
\end{verbatim}
\section{Unit dependencies}
When a program uses a unit (say \file{unitA}) and this units uses a second
unit, say \file{unitB}, then the program depends indirectly also on
\var{unitB}. This means that the compiler must have access to \file{unitB} when
trying to compile the program. If the unit is not present at compile time,
an error occurs.

Note that the identifiers from a unit on which a program depends indirectly,
are not accessible to the program. To have access to the identifiers of a
unit, the unit must be in the uses clause of the program or unit where the
identifiers are needed.

Units can be mutually dependent, that is, they can reference each other in
their uses clauses. This is allowed, on the condition that at least one of
the references is in the implementation section of the unit. This also holds
for indirect mutually dependent units.

If it is possible to start from one interface uses clause of a unit, and to return
there via uses clauses of interfaces only, then there is circular unit
dependence, and the compiler will generate an error.
For example, the following is not allowed:
\begin{verbatim}
Unit UnitA;
interface
Uses UnitB;
implementation
end.

Unit UnitB
interface
Uses UnitA;
implementation
end.
\end{verbatim}
But this is allowed :
\begin{verbatim}
Unit UnitA;
interface
Uses UnitB;
implementation
end.
Unit UnitB
implementation
Uses UnitA;
end.
\end{verbatim}
Because \file{UnitB} uses \file{UnitA} only in its implentation section.

In general, it is a bad idea to have unit interdependencies, even if it is
only in implementation sections.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Blocks
\section{Blocks}
\index{block}
Units and programs are made of blocks. A block is made of declarations of
labels, constants, types variables and functions or procedures. Blocks can
be nested in certain ways, i.e., a procedure or function declaration can
have blocks in themselves.
A block looks like the following:
\input{syntax/block.syn}
Labels that can be used to identify statements in a block are declared in
the label declaration part of that block. Each label can only identify one
statement.

Constants that are to be used only in one block should be declared in that
block's constant declaration part.

Variables that are to be used only in one block should be declared in that
block's variable declaration part.

Types that are to be used only in one block should be declared in that
block's type declaration part.

Lastly, functions and procedures that will be used in that block can be
declared in the procedure/function declaration part.

These 4 declaration parts can be intermixed, there is no required order
other than that you cannot use (or refer to) identifiers that have not 
yet been declared.

After the different declaration parts comes the statement part. This
contains any actions that the block should execute. All identifiers 
declared before the statement part can be used in that statement part.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Scope
\section{Scope}
\index{Scope}
Identifiers are valid from the point of their declaration until the end of
the block in which the declaration occurred. The range where the identifier
is known is the {\em scope} of the identifier. The exact scope of an
identifier depends on the way it was defined.
\subsection{Block scope}
\index{Scope!block}
The {\em scope} of a variable declared in the declaration part of a block,
is valid from the point of declaration until the end of the block.
If a block contains a second block, in which the identfier is
redeclared, then inside this block, the second declaration will be valid.
Upon leaving the inner block, the first declaration is valid again.
Consider the following example:
\begin{verbatim}
Program Demo;
Var X : Real;
{ X is real variable }
Procedure NewDeclaration
Var X : Integer;  { Redeclare X as integer}
begin
 // X := 1.234; {would give an error when trying to compile}
 X := 10; { Correct assigment}
end;
{ From here on, X is Real again}
begin
 X := 2.468;
end.
\end{verbatim}
In this example, inside the procedure, \var{X} denotes an integer variable.
It has its own storage space, independent of the variable \var{X} outside
the procedure.

\subsection{Record scope}
\index{Scope!record}
The field identifiers inside a record definition are valid in the following
places:
\begin{enumerate}
\item To the end of the record definition.
\item Field designators of a variable of the given record type.
\item Identifiers inside a \var{With} statement that operates on a variable
of the given record type.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Class scope}
\index{Scope!Class}
A component identifier (one of the items in the class' component list) 
is valid in the following places:
\begin{enumerate}
\item From the point of declaration to the end of the class definition.
\item In all descendent types of this class, unless it is in the private
part of the class declaration.
\item In all method declaration blocks of this class and descendent classes.
\item In a with statement that operators on a variable of the given class's
definition.
\end{enumerate}
Note that method designators are also considered identifiers.
\subsection{Unit scope}
\index{Scope!unit}\index{unit}
All identifiers in the interface part of a unit are valid from the point of
declaration, until the end of the unit. Furthermore, the identifiers are
known in programs or units that have the unit in their uses clause.

Identifiers from indirectly dependent units are {\em not} available.
Identifiers declared in the implementation part of a unit are valid from the
point of declaration to the end of the unit.

The \file{system} unit is automatically used in all units and programs.
Its identifiers are therefore always known, in each Pascal program, library
or unit.

The rules of unit scope imply that an identifier of a unit can be redefined. 
To have access to an identifier of another unit that was redeclared in
the current unit, precede it with that other units name, as in the following
example:
\begin{verbatim}
unit unitA;
interface
Type
  MyType = Real;
implementation
end.
Program prog;
Uses UnitA;

{ Redeclaration of MyType}
Type MyType = Integer;
Var A : Mytype;      { Will be Integer }
    B : UnitA.MyType { Will be real }
begin
end.
\end{verbatim}
This is especially useful when redeclaring the system unit's identifiers.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Libraries
\section{Libraries}
\index{Libraries}\index{library} \keywordlink{library}

\fpc supports making of dynamic libraries (DLLs under Win32 and \ostwo) trough
the use of the \var{Library} keyword.

A Library is just like a unit or a program:
\input{syntax/library.syn}

By default, functions and procedures that are declared and implemented in
library are not available to a programmer that wishes to use this library.

In order to make functions or procedures available from the library,
they must be exported in an exports clause:

\input{syntax/exports.syn}

Under Win32, an index clause can be added to an exports entry.
An index entry must be a positive number larger or equal than 1, and less
than \var{MaxInt}.

Optionally, an exports entry can have a name specifier. If present, the name
specifier gives the exact name (case sensitive) by which the function will
be exported from the library.

If neither of these constructs is present, the functions or procedures
are exported with the exact names as specified in the exports clause.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Exceptions
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Exceptions}
\label{ch:Exceptions}\index{Exceptions}\index{Exception}
Exceptions provide a convenient way to program error and error-recovery
mechanisms, and are closely related to classes.
Exception support is based on 3 constructs:
\begin{description}
\item [Raise\ ] statements. To raise an exeption. This is usually done to signal an
error condition.\index{Exceptions!Raising} It is however also usable to
abort execution and immediatly return to a well-known point in the
executable.
\item [Try ... Except\ ] blocks. These block serve to catch exceptions
raised within the scope of the block, and to provide exception-recovery
code.\index{Exceptions!Catching}
\item [Try ... Finally\ ] blocks. These block serve to force code to be
executed irrespective of an exception occurrence or not. They generally
serve to clean up memory or close files in case an exception occurs.
The compiler generates many implicit \var{Try ... Finally} blocks around
procedure, to force memory consistency.
\end{description}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The raise statement
\section{The raise statement}
\index{Raise}\index{Exceptions!Raising}
\keywordlink{raise} 
The \var{raise} statement is as follows:
\input{syntax/raise.syn}
This statement will raise an exception. If it is specified, the exception
instance must be an initialized instance of any class, which is the raise
type. The exception address is optional. If it is not specified, the compiler
will provide the address by itself. If the exception instance is omitted, 
then the current exception is re-raised. This construct can only be used 
in an exception handling block (see further).

\begin{remark} Control {\em never} returns after an exception block. The
control is transferred to the first \var{try...finally} or
\var{try...except} statement that is encountered when unwinding the stack.
If no such statement is found, the \fpc Run-Time Library will generate a
run-time error 217 (see also \sees{exceptclasses}). The exception address
will be printed by the default exception handling routines.
\end{remark}

As an example: The following division checks whether the denominator is
zero, and if so, raises an exception of type \var{EDivException}
\begin{verbatim}
Type EDivException = Class(Exception);
Function DoDiv (X,Y : Longint) : Integer;
begin
  If Y=0 then
    Raise EDivException.Create ('Division by Zero would occur');
  Result := X Div Y;
end;
\end{verbatim}
The class \var{Exception} is defined in the \file{Sysutils} unit of the rtl.
(\sees{exceptclasses})

\begin{remark}
Although the \var{Exception} class is used as the base class for exceptions
throughout the code, this is just an unwritten agreement: the class can
be of any type, and need not be a descendent of the \var{Exception} class.

Of course, most code depends on the unwritten agreement that an exception
class descends from \var{Exception}.
\end{remark}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The try...except statement
\section{The try...except statement}
\index{except}\index{Exceptions!Catching}
\keywordlink{try} \keywordlink{except} \keywordlink{on} \keywordlink{do}
A \var{try...except} exception handling block is of the following form :
\input{syntax/try.syn}
If no exception is raised during the execution of the \var{statement list},
then all statements in the list will be executed sequentially, and the
except block will be skipped, transferring program flow to the statement
after the final \var{end}.

If an exception occurs during the execution of the \var{statement list}, the
program flow will be transferred to the except block. Statements in the
statement list between the place where the exception was raised and the
exception block are ignored.

In the exception handling block, the type of the exception is checked,
and if there is an exception handler where the class type matches the
exception object type, or is a parent type of
the exception object type, then the statement following the corresponding
\var{Do} will be executed. The first matching type is used. After the
\var{Do} block was executed, the program continues after the \var{End}
statement.

The identifier in an exception handling statement is optional, and declares
an exception object. It can be used to manipulate the exception object in
the exception handling code. The scope of this declaration is the statement
block foillowing the \var{Do} keyword.

If none of the \var{On} handlers matches the exception object type, then the
statement list after \var{else} is executed. If no such list is
found, then the exception is automatically re-raised. This process allows
to nest \var{try...except} blocks.

If, on the other hand, the exception was caught, then the exception object is
destroyed at the end of the exception handling block, before program flow
continues. The exception is destroyed through a call to the object's
\var{Destroy} destructor.

As an example, given the previous declaration of the \var{DoDiv} function,
consider the following
\begin{verbatim}
Try
  Z := DoDiv (X,Y);
Except
  On EDivException do Z := 0;
end;
\end{verbatim}
If \var{Y} happens to be zero, then the DoDiv function code will raise an
exception. When this happens, program flow is transferred to the except
statement, where the Exception handler will set the value of \var{Z} to
zero. If no exception is raised, then program flow continues past the last
\var{end} statement.
To allow error recovery, the \var{Try ... Finally} block is supported.
A \var{Try...Finally} block ensures that the statements following the
\var{Finally} keyword are guaranteed to be executed, even if an exception
occurs.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The try...finally statement
\section{The try...finally statement}
\index{finally}\index{try}\index{Exceptions!Handling}
\keywordlink{try} \keywordlink{finally} 

A \var{Try..Finally} statement has the following form:
\input{syntax/finally.syn}
If no exception occurs inside the \var{statement List}, then the program
runs as if the \var{Try}, \var{Finally} and \var{End} keywords were not
present.

If, however, an exception occurs, the program flow is immediatly
transferred from the point where the excepion was raised to the first
statement of the \var{Finally statements}.

All statements after the finally keyword will be executed, and then
the exception will be automatically re-raised. Any statements between the
place where the exception was raised and the first statement of the
\var{Finally Statements} are skipped.

As an example consider the following routine:
\begin{verbatim}
Procedure Doit (Name : string);
Var F : Text;
begin
  Try
    Assign (F,Name);
    Rewrite (name);
    ... File handling ...
  Finally
    Close(F);
  end;
\end{verbatim}
If during the execution of the file handling an execption occurs, then
program flow will continue at the \var{close(F)} statement, skipping any
file operations that might follow between the place where the exception
was raised, and the \var{Close} statement.
If no exception occurred, all file operations will be executed, and the file
will be closed at the end.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Exception handling nesting
\section{Exception handling nesting}
\index{finally}\index{except}\index{try}\index{Exceptions!Handling}
It is possible to nest \var{Try...Except} blocks with \var{Try...Finally}
blocks. Program flow will be done according to a \var{lifo} (last in, first
out) principle: The code of the last encountered \var{Try...Except} or
 \var{Try...Finally} block will be executed first. If the exception is not
caught, or it was a finally statement, program flow will be transferred to
the last-but-one block, {\em ad infinitum}.

If an exception occurs, and there is no exception handler present which
handles this exception, then a run-time error 217 will be generated. 
When using the \file{SysUtils} unit, a default handler is installed which will show the exception object message, and the
address where the exception occurred, after which the program will exit with
a \var{Halt} instruction. 


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Exception classes
\section{Exception classes}
\index{Exceptions!Classes}
\label{se:exceptclasses}
The \file{sysutils} unit contains a great deal of exception handling.
It defines the base exception class, \var{Exception}
\begin{verbatim}
Exception = class(TObject)
private
  fmessage : string;
  fhelpcontext : longint;
public
  constructor create(const msg : string);
  constructor createres(indent : longint);
  property helpcontext : longint read fhelpcontext write fhelpcontext;
  property message : string read fmessage write fmessage;
end;
ExceptClass = Class of Exception;
\end{verbatim}
And uses this declaration to define quite a number of exceptions, for
instance:
\begin{verbatim}
{ mathematical exceptions }
EIntError = class(Exception);
EDivByZero = class(EIntError);
ERangeError = class(EIntError);
EIntOverflow = class(EIntError);
EMathError = class(Exception);
\end{verbatim}
The \file{SysUtils} unit also installs an exception handler. If an exception is
unhandled by any exception handling block, this handler is called by the
Run-Time library. Basically, it prints the exception address, and it prints
the message of the Exception object, and exits with a exit code of 217.
If the exception object is not a descendent object of the \var{Exception}
object, then the class name is printed instead of the exception message.

It is recommended to use the \var{Exception} object or a descendant class
for all \var{raise} statements, since then the message
field of the exception object can be used.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Using Assembler
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\chapter{Using assembler}
\index{Assembler}
\fpc supports the use of assembler in code, but not inline
assembler macros.  To have more information on the processor
specific assembler syntax and its limitations, see the \progref.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Assembler statements
\section{Assembler statements }
\index{Statements!Assembler}  \keywordlink{asm}
The following is an example of assembler inclusion in Pascal code.
\begin{verbatim}
 ...
 Statements;
 ...
 Asm
   the asm code here
   ...
 end;
 ...
 Statements;
\end{verbatim}
The assembler instructions between the \var{Asm} and \var{end} keywords will
be inserted in the assembler generated by the compiler.
Conditionals can be used in assembler code, the compiler will recognise them,
and treat them as any other conditionals.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Assembler procedures and functions
\section{Assembler procedures and functions}
\index{Functions!Assembler}  \keywordlink{assembler}
Assembler procedures and functions are declared using the
\var{Assembler} directive.  This permits the code generator to make a number
of code generation optimizations.

The code generator does not generate any stack frame (entry and exit
code for the routine) if it contains no local variables and no
parameters. In the case of functions, ordinal values must be returned
in the accumulator. In the case of floating point values, these depend
on the target processor and emulation options.


%
% The index.
%
\printindex
\end{document}